Home

2007 Nissan Frontier Owners Manual

Contents

1. The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the supplemental restraint system air bag system and or the pre tensioner seat belts may not function properly For additional details see Supplemental restraint system in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag curtain side impact air bag systems and or pre tensioner seat belt systems will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible INDICATOR LIGHTS When the ignition key is turned to the ON posi tion this indicator light shows the automatic transmission selector lever position See Driving the vehicle in the Starting and driving section of this manual Automatic transmission position indicator light Cruise main switch indicator light if so equipped CRUISE The light comes on when the cruise control main switch is pushed The light goes out when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise main switch indicator light comes on the cruise control system is operational The light comes on while the vehicle speed is con trolled by the cruise control system If the light blinks while the engine is running it may indi
2. Use electrical accessories with the en gine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 27 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide n nananana 5 2 Three way catalyst usssnaanunnn anaana 5 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 On pavement and off road driving DreCaUUONS o dicen renra EAER RE EENEN DARANE 5 5 Avoiding collision and rollover 0005 5 5 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 6 Driving safety precautions 2 0000e 5 6 IGHWION SWIC se cgaceeeadecwae nett bee camebheetnes 5 8 Automatic transmission 2 02 00eee eee 5 8 Manual transmisSsiOn 254 ve edew ends crne diesen 5 9 Koy POsINONS ve reri torent anene sore eee sete ee 5 10 Nissan vehicle immobilizer system 5 10 Before starting the engine 2 20 5 5 10 Starting the engine lt c1i nyixine van ehansep ade cewaes 5 11 Driving the vehicle sssnannunaaraaannnnrrraane 5 12 Automatic transmission s s s asasaran 5 12 Manual transmission if so equipped 5 16 Forking Drak o2233 cieeheatotteeneweseebede veieehs 5 18 Cruise control if so equipped 00ce cece 5 19 Precautions on cruise control 5 19 Cruise control operations 0 00e0ee 5 19 Break in schedule 432 cncecacensneineceum
3. 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle AWARNING Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the manual transmission is shifted into R Reverse or the auto matic transmission into P Park Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for profes sional road assistance Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks 4 at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire 2 to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up AWARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury In case of emergency 6 3 UNLOCK _ Getting the spare tire and tools For King Cab models The tool storage compartment is located be tween the two rear jump seats Turn the knob from the lock to the unlock position and remove the lid from the tool storage compartment Remove the jack and jacking tools 6 4 Incase of emergency For Crew Cab models The tools and tool case are located behind the rear bench seat Fold the rear bench seat down Refer to Folding the rear bench seat in the Safety
4. Maintenance and do it yourself section earlier in this manual FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home A CAUTION Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage Whenever flat towing your vehicle al ways tow forward never backward e DO NOT tow any automatic transmis sion vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lubrication For emergency towing procedures refer to Towing recommended by NISSAN in the In case of emergency section of this manual Automatic Transmission To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufacturer s recommendations when using their product Manual Transmission Always tow with the manual transmission in Neutral On four wheel drive vehicles place the transfer case in the 2H range Failure to do so will cause the powertrain to bind up e After towing 500 miles 805 km start and idle the engine with the transmission in Neu tral for two minutes Failure to idle the engine after every 500 miles 805 km of towing may cause damage to internal transmis
5. Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Anti freeze or equivalent A CAUTION e Do not substitute engine anti freeze coolant for window washer solution This may result in damage to the paint Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reser voir tank Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concen trate and water BATTERY Keep the battery surface clean and dry Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened lf the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharge AWARNING Do not expose the battery to flames or electrical sparks Hydrogen gas gener ated by the battery is explosive Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces After touching a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for
6. The side windows can be opened or closed by turning the hand crank on each door REAR SLIDING WINDOW if so equipped Squeeze the handles of the lever 4 then slide the window open SUNROOF if so equipped DOWN OPEN OFF ale UP CLOSE GN AUTOMATIC SUNROOF The sunroof will only operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position The automatic sun roof is operational for about 45 seconds even if the ignition switch is turned to the ACC or OFF position If the driver s door or the front passen ger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the sunroof is canceled Sliding the sunroof To fully open the sunroof push the switch toward DOWN OPEN 1 To fully close the sunroof push the switch toward UP CLOSE 2 Instruments and controls 2 49 To open or close the sunroof part way push the switch in any direction while the sunroof is sliding to stop it in the desired position Tilting the sunroof Close the sunroof by pushing the switch toward UP CLOSE Release the switch then push the UP CLOSE switch again to tilt the sunroof up To tilt the sunroof down push the switch toward DOWN OPEN AWARNING In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open sunroof Always use seat belts and child restraints e Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the sunroof opening while the veh
7. To reduce the possibility of additional damage if your vehicle is struck from the rear where practical remove the hitch and or receiver when not in use Regularly check that all trailer hitch mounting bolts are securely mounted Technical and consumer information 9 29 e When towing with the hitch ball mounted to the rear bumper do not make sharp turns The trailer may con tact the bumper and cause damage to the bumper or trailer Tire pressures When towing a trailer inflate the ve hicle tires to the recommended cold tire pressure indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label Trailer tire condition size load rating and proper inflation pressure should be in accordance with the trailer and tire manufacturer s specifications Safety chains Always use suitable safety chains between your vehicle and the trailer The safety chains should be crossed and should be attached to the hitch not to the vehicle bumper or axle The safety chains can be attached to the bumper if the hitch ball is mounted to the bumper Be sure to leave enough slack in the chains to permit turning corners 9 30 Technical and consumer information Trailer lights A CAUTION When splicing into the vehicle electrical system a commercially available power type module converter must be used to provide power for all trailer lighting This unit uses the vehicle battery as a direct power source for all trailer lights while usi
8. Drive at moderate speeds on the highway ground and shift the transmission to Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking engine running Doing so may result in Maintain a safe distance behind other ve drivetrain damage or unexpected ve hicles hicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal Use a proper gear range which suits road injury conditions On level roads shift into high gear as soon as possible e Do not attempt to test a 4WD equipped vehicle on a 2 wheel dynamometer Avoid unnecessary engine idling such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment even if the other two Follow the recommended periodic mainte wheels are raised off the ground Make nance schedule sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with 4WD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unex Keep your engine tuned up Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres sure Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Keep the front wheels in correct alignment pected vehicle movement which could Improper alignment increases tire wear and result in serious vehicle damage or per lowers fuel economy sonal injury Air conditioner operation lowers fuel economy Use the air conditioner only when necessary When cruising at highway speeds it is more economical to use t
9. Faster 2 Low LO continuous low speed operation 3 High HI continuous high speed opera tion 2 26 Instruments and controls Push the lever up 4 to have one sweep opera tion MIST of the wiper Pull the lever toward you 8 to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times AWARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm the windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield A CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds Do not operate the washer if the reser voir tank is empty Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reser voir tank Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturers recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concen trate and water REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH if so equipped LICO783 To defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors if so equipped start the engine and push the rear window defroster switch on The rear window defroster indicator light on the switch comes on Push
10. PXXX XXRXX TOTAL FRONT x REAR TOTAL AVANT ARRI RE THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED LE POIDS COMBIN D OCCUPANTS ET DE CARGAISON NE DEVRAIT JAMAIS EXC DER COLD TIRE PRESSURE OAAED C ALAALA PRESSION DE GONFLAGE FROW EA 4 XXX kPa XX PSI XX kg OR XX Ibs XX kg OU XX Ibs INFORMATION POUR D AUTRES ARRENE PXXX XXRXX XXX kPa XX PSI WAEA Tire and loading information label D Seating capacity The maximum num ber of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle Vehicle load limit See loading infor mation in the Technical and con sumer information section Original tire size The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself AU MANUEL DU CONDUCTEUR Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recom mended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best bal ance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicle s GVWR Tire size refer to Tire labeling later in this section Spare tire size or compact spare tire size if so equipped Checking tire pressure l Remove the valve stem cap from the tire Press the pressure gauge sq
11. Seats seat belts and supplemental re straint system section earlier in this manual Remove the jack and jacking tools All models 1 Fit the square end of the jack rod into the square hole of the wheel nut wrench to form a handle 2 Find the oval shaped opening under the middle of the tailgate Pass the T shaped end of the jack rod through the opening and direct it toward the spare tire winch located directly above the spare tire WCE0070 3 Seat the T shaped end of the jack rod into the T shaped opening of the spare tire winch Apply pressure to keep the jack rod engaged in the spare tire winch and turn the jack rod counterclockwise to lower the spare tire 4 Once the spare tire is completely lowered reach under the vehicle remove the retainer chain and carefully slide the tire from under the rear of the vehicle A CAUTION Be sure to center the spare tire suspend ing plate on the wheel and then lift the spare tire Jacking up vehicle and removing the damaged tire AWARNING Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is nec essary to work under the vehicle sup port it with safety stands Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change e Use the correct jack up points Never use any other p
12. ber Research octane number 91 For 4 0L engine NISSAN recommends the use of premium un leaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 If unleaded premium gaso line is not available you may use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 but you may notice a decrease in performance A CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle lim ited warranty Gasoline specifications NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWEFEC specifi cations where it is available Many of the automo bile manufacturers developed this specification to improve emission control system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu lated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug
13. flush it away with water to avoid paint damage Tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap SERVICE properly may cause the ENGINE mal function indicator light MIL to illumi nate If the ENGINE light illuminates be cause the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The ENGINE light should turn off after a few driving trips If the ENGINE light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see the Malfunction indicator light MIL in the Instruments and Controls section earlier in this manual STEERING WHEEL TILT OPERATION if so equipped Pull the lock lever forward and hold it to adjust the steering wheel up or down to the desired posi tion Release the lock lever to lock the steering wheel in place WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 SUN VISORS 3 Slide the extension sun visor in or out as needed A CAUTION Do not store the sun visor before return ing the extension to its original position Do not pull the extension sun visor forc edly downward To block glare from the front swing down the main sun visor 2 To block glare from the side remove the main sun visor
14. 1 Pull the cover plate off to access the top tether strap routing bracket for the passen ger s side jump seat 2 Route the top tether strap through the rout ing bracket 3 Then pull the top tether strap tight and se cure it to the top tether anchor bracket lo cated between the seat belt buckle receiv ers in the center of the vehicle Rear bench seat Crew cab models only The anchor points are located under the rear window behind the rear bench seat If you have any questions when installing a top strap child restraint on the rear seat consult your NISSAN dealer for details 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS0392 Anchor point access 1 Pull strap 2 Anchor point location To access the anchor points behind the rear bench seat tilt the rear seatback forward by lifting up on the pull strap behind the seatback Installing top tether strap 1 2 3 Top tether strap Hook Anchor point Install the top tether strap as follows i 2 Raise the head restraint Position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback and under the head restraint Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point on the seat directly behind the child restraint 4 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack For best child restraint fit see the child restraint installation instructions in this section and the child restra
15. 23 22 21 Ventilators P 4 2 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn signal switch P 2 27 Steering wheel switch for audio control if so equipped P 4 26 Driver supplemental air bag horn P 1 49 P 2 32 Meters gauges and warning indicator lights P 2 5 2 14 Cruise control main set switches if so equipped P 5 19 Windshield wiper washer switch P 2 26 Storage P 2 37 Audio system controls if so equipped P 4 10 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 49 Upper and lower glove box P 2 41 Power outlet P 2 36 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system switch if so equipped P 2 35 Heated seat switches if so equipped P 2 33 Hill descent control switch if so equipped P 2 34 Instruments and controls 2 3 14 15 16 17 19 20 2 22 23 2 4 Vehicle dynamic control VDC OFF switch if so equipped P 2 33 Shift selector lever P 5 12 4WD shift switch if so equipped P 5 21 Climate controls P 4 2 Passenger air bag status light P 1 58 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 31 Ignition switch P 5 8 Tilt steering wheel control if so equipped P 3 11 Cargo lamp switch P 2 32 Clutch interlock clutch start switch if so equipped P 2 36 Outside mirror controls if so equipped P 3 14 Instruments and controls METERS AND GAUGES 1 Speedometer 2 Odometer twin
16. Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls and become trapped in a window Unattended chil dren could become involved in serious accidents The power windows operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position If the driver s or passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 sec onds power to the windows is canceled ae 5 6 Window lock button Power door lock switch Front passenger side window switch Right rear passenger window switch Crew Cab models only Left rear passenger window switch Crew Cab models only Driver s side automatic switch Driver s side power window switch The driver s side control panel is equipped with switches to open or close the front and rear passenger windows To open a window push the switch and hold it down To close a window pull the switch and hold it up To stop the opening or closing function at any time simply release the switch Front passenger s power window switch The passenger s window switch operates only the corresponding passenger s window To open the window push the switch and hold it down To close the window pull the switch up Instruments and controls 2 47 Rear power window switch Crew Cab models only The rear power window switches open or close only the corresp
17. King cab model The first aid kit is located in the under seat stor age bins To access the first aid kit For King cab model lift up the rear jump seat and remove net to remove the first aid kit Refer to Jump Seats in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section ear lier in the manual For Crew cab model lift up the rear bench seat and remove the net to remove the first aid kit Refer to Folding the rear bench seat in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section earlier in the manual 6 2 In case of emergency FLAT TIRE LCE0113 Crew cab model TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pres sure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will acti vate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h For more details refer to Warning indicator lights and audible remind ers in the Instruments and controls section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section AWARNING If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while
18. Remaining available cargo and luggage load capacity 740 Ib 336 kg Remaining available cargo and luggage load capacity 1 040 Ib 472 kg Remaining available cargo and luggage load capacity 500 Ib 227 kg LTI0152 Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 The resulting figure equals the avail able amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of avail able cargo and luggage load capac ity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 X 150 650 lbs or 640 340 5 X 70 300 kg 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be trans ferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this re duces the available cargo and lug gage load capacity of your vehicle Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Ratin
19. Three digit code Tire type code Optional Three digit code Date of Manufac ture Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For ex ample the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire 3 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufactur ers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others 4 Maximum permissible inflation pres sure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible in flation pressure Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be car ried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory in stalled tire Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an in ner tube tube type or not tubeless Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 7 The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other Tire related Terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewal
20. WRS0431 LRS0396 ye SSS0162 Do not lean against the door Do not lean against doors or windows Do not lean against doors or windows 1 54 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING The seat belts the supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact and rollover air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and up right in the seat The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previ A WARNING ous illustrations When sitting in the rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the side air bag inflates you may be seriously injured Be especially careful with children who should always be properly restrained Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations e Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with supplemental side air bag inflation Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 55 1 56 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 9 10 11 SRS curtain side impact and rollover air bag modul
21. for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 sec onds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil cool ant brake fluid and window washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least whenever you refuel Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Lock all doors Position seat and adjust head restraints Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the key is turned to the ON 3 position See Warning indicator lights and audible re minders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking
22. hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B and C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and exces sive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of perfor mance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law AWARNING The temperature grade for this tire is es tablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading ei ther separately or in combination can cause heat build up and possible tire failure EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the following emission warranties For USA 1 Emission Defects Warranty 2 Emissions Performance Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Infor mation Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Informa tion Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a re placement by writing to Nissan Nort
23. in any position Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving To turn on the cargo lamp push the switch down To sound the horn push the center pad area of to the ON position the steering wheel A CAUTION A WARNING n Be sure to turn the light switch to the OFF Do not disassemble the horn Doing so position when you leave the vehicle for could affect proper operation of the extended periods of time otherwise the supplemental front air bag system Tam battery will go dead pering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury 2 32 Instruments and controls HEATED SEAT if so equipped The front seats are warmed by built in heaters if so equipped 1 Start the engine 2 Push the LO or HI position of the switch as desired depending on the temperature The indicator light in the switch will illuminate The heater is controlled by a thermostat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on 3 When the seat is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn the switch off A CAUTION Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cush ion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated Do not place anything hard or heavy on
24. ratings TOWING A TRAILER AWARNING Overloading or improper loading of a trailer and its cargo can adversely affect vehicle handling braking and perfor mance and may lead to accidents A CAUTION Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy load for the first 500 miles 800 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged For the first 500 miles 800 km that you tow a trailer do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps the engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads Your new vehicle was designed to be used pri marily to carry passengers and cargo Remember that towing a trailer places additional loads on your vehicle s engine drive train steering brak ing and other systems A NISSAN Towing Guide U S only is available on the website at www nissanusa com This guide includes information on trailer towing ca pability and the special equipment required for proper towing Technical and consumer information 9 23 MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS Maximum trailer loads Never allow the total trailer load to exceed the value specified in the Towing Load Specification chart found later in this sec tion The total trailer load equals trailer weight plus its cargo weight When towing a trailer load of 3 500 Ibs 1587 kg or more trailers with a brake system MUST be used The maximum GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating should not exceed the
25. same size brand construction and tread pattern The tire pressure and wheel alignment should also be checked and corrected as necessary Contact a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 41 Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be bal anced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty In formation Booklet 8 42 Maintenance and do it yourself Care of wheels Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead NISSAN recommends waxing the road wheels to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Fuel recommendation 2 020ce eee eee 9 3 Engine oil and oil filter recommendations 9 5 Ai
26. tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN recom mends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced un less the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hard ware should be inspected after any col lision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged CHILD SAFETY Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 13 There are three basic types of child restraint systems Rear facing child restraint Front facing child restraint Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 pounds 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Front facing child
27. 15 This number place standardized information on the signed for passenger vehicles not all is the wheel or rim diameter in inches sidewall of all tires This information iden tires have this information 6 Two or three digit number 95 This tifies and describes the fundamental number is the tire s load index It is a characteristics of the tire and also pro 2 Three digit number 215 This num measurement of how much weight vides the tire identification number TIN ber gives the width in millimeters of each tire can support You may not for safety standard certification The TIN the tire from sidewall edge to side dihs homal on oral likes be can be used to identify the tire in case of a wall edge cause it is not required by law rocan 3 Two digit number 65 This number 7 H Tire speed rating You should not known as the aspect ratio gives the drive the vehicle faster than the tire tire s ratio of height to width speed rating 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself DOT XX XX XXX XXXX XX t 3 DOT t 1 XX t 2 XXX t Example 4 2 TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment Of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of Tire Identification Num ber 2 Two digit code identification mark Manufacturer s 3 Two digit code Tire size 4 XXX XXXX t t 5 6 WDI0396
28. 4LO The indicator light may blink while shifting from one drive mode to the other The 4LO indicator light must stop blinking and remain illuminated or turn off before shifting the transmission into gear If the transmission selec tor lever is shifted from the N position to any other gear when the 4LO indicator light is blinking the vehicle may move unexpectedly 2 22 Instruments and controls When you shift between 4H and 4LO follow the instructions below For automatic transmission models stop the vehicle and shift the transmission selector lever to the N position with the brake pedal depressed then depress and turn the 4WD shift switch to 4LO or 4H For manual transmission models stop the vehicle and shift the transmission selector lever to the N position with the clutch pedal depressed then depress and turn the 4WD shift switch to 4LO or 4H You cannot move the transfer 4WD shift switch between 4H and 4LO unless you stop the vehicle and shift the transmission selector lever to the N position with the brake pedal AT models or clutch pedal MT models depressed The appropriate light flashes when the turn signal switch Is activated Turn signal hazard indicator lights Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turned on Vehicle dynamic control off indicator light if so equipped This indicator light comes on when the vehicle dy namic control off switch is pushed to OFF the transfer case is in th
29. 5 22 ALSEN I gt o 3 yy alo I TA o lo alo EMISSION CONTROL TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION INFORMATION LABEL LABEL LABEL The emission control information label is at The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and The air conditioner specification label is affixed to tached to the underside of the hood as shown Loading Information label The label is locatedas the underside of the hood as shown shown Technical and consumer information 9 11 INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE Use the following steps to mount the front license plate 1 Make holes on the plastic finisher at the location mark small dimple using a 0 37 in 9 5 mm drill Apply light pressure to the drill Insert two plastic grommets provided Install the license plate holder using the two bolts and washers provided 2 Mount the license plate using two M6 14mm bolts License plate bolt tightening torque 3 8 4 7 ft lb 5 10 6 37 N m 9 12 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION AWARNING It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seri ously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure
30. 7 km h or less and the E Lock system switch must be turned ON When the E Lock switch is turned ON the indi cator light will flash until the system engages However if all operation conditions listed above are not met or the system becomes disengaged the indicator light will continue to flash The Anti Lock Brake ABS system is disabled and the ABS light illuminates when the E Lock system is ON Also the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system is disabled and the VDC light illuminates when the E Lock system is ON See Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system in the Starting and Driving section for further explanation and system limitations AWARNING Never leave the E Lock system ON when driving on paved or hard surfaced roads Turning the vehicle may result in the rear wheels slipping and result in an accident and personal injury After us ing the E Lock system to free the ve hicle turn the system OFF Use the E Lock system only when free ing a stuck vehicle Try the 4LO position before using the E Lock system Never use the E Lock system on a slippery road surface such as snow or ice sur face Using the E Lock system when driving in these road conditions may cause unexpected movement of the ve hicle during engine braking accelerat ing or turning which may result in an accident and serious personal injury A CAUTION After using the E Lock system turn the switch OFF to pr
31. LATCH child restraints generally require the use of a top tether strap See Top tether strap child restraint later in this section for installation in structions When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint See Child restraint installation using LATCH System in this section 1 23 TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT If the manufacturer of your child restraint requires the use of atop tether strap it must be secured to the anchor point AWARNING Child restraint anchor points are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses Top Tether Anchor Point Locations Anchor points are located in the following loca tions On the back of the front passenger seat King cab only On the floor between the jump seat belt buckles in the center of the vehicle King cab only Under the rear window behind the rear bench seat Crew cab only If you have any questions when installing a top strap child restraint on the front pas senger s seat rear passenger s side jump seat or rear bench seat consult your NISSAN dealer for details Installing top tether strap First secure the child restraint with the seat belt or the LATCH system rear bench outboard seat ing positions on King cab only as applic
32. Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they be come excessively worn Floor mat positioning aid driver s side only This vehicle includes a front floor mat bracket to act as a floor mat positioning aid NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your ve hicle model The driver s side floor mat has a grommet hole incorporated in it Position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the footwell Periodically check to make certain the mats are properly positioned SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them See Seat belt maintenance in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemen tal restraint system section of this manual AWARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas Damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moistu
33. NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information Do not leave the bulb out of the head light reflector for a long period of time as dust moisture and smoke may enter the headlight body and affect the per formance of the headlight 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself Aiming is not necessary after replacing the bulb When aiming adjustment is necessary contact a NISSAN dealer Removing the headlight bulb 1 Open the hood 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Disconnect the electrical connector from the rear end of the bulb 4 5 Turn the bulb retaining ring counterclock wise until it is free form the headlight reflec tor and then remove it Carefully remove the headlight bulb Do not shake or rotate the bulb when removing it Replacing the headlight bulb 1 4 5 Insert the bulb DO NOT TOUCH THE BULB Install and tighten the bulb retainer Be sure the lip of the bulb socket con tacts the headlight body Push the electrical connector into the bulb plastic base until it snaps and stops Connect the negative battery cable Close the hood Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog This is not a malfunction If large drops of water collect inside the lens contact a NISSAN dealer EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Headlight
34. Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 3 Repeat this process to raise and secure the seat cushion on the other side of the vehicle for maximum storage capacity To return the rear bench seat to a seating position reverse the process Make sure to properly push the seat cushion down into place AWARNING When the vehicle is being used to carry cargo properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly Never ride in the rear seat unless the seat bottom cushions are in place and latched When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi tion If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Folding the rear bench seat down The rear bench seatback can be tilted forward to access the child restraint anchor point locations or the jacking equipment To tilt the seatback forward pull the strap up 1 and tilt the seatback The child restraint anchor points can be accessed behind the rear bench seat
35. When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction AWARNING The vehicle dynamic control system is designed to help improve driving stabil ity but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery sur faces and always drive carefully If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not stan dard equipment or are extremely dete riorated the vehicle dynamic control system may not operate properly and the vehicle dynamic control off indica tor light may come on Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock ab sorbers struts springs stabilizer bars and bushings are not NISSAN approved for your vehicle or are extremely dete riorated the vehicle dynamic control system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling performance and the VDC OFF indica tor light may come on When driving on extremely inclined sur faces such as higher banked corners the vehicle dynamic control system may not operate properly and the VDC OFF indicator light may come on Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the vehicl
36. a trailer hitch ball and is designed to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 3 500 Ib 1 588 kg To install a trailer hitch ball cut out the circle in the center of the step bumper then remove it to install the trailer hitch ball Weight carrying hitches A weight carrying or dead weight ball mount is one that is designed to carry the whole amount of tongue weight and gross weight directly on the ball mount and on the receiver Weight distribution hitch This type of hitch is also called a load leveling or equalizing hitch A set of bars attach to the ball mount and to the trailer to distribute the tongue weight hitch weight of your trailer Many ve hicles can t carry the full tongue weight of a given trailer and need some of the tongue weight transferred through the frame and pushing down on the front wheels This gives stability to the tow vehicle Another reason to have a weight distributing ball mount is to comply with the rating on your re ceiver Most receivers have a weight carrying rating of 5 000 lbs gross weight 500 Ibs tongue weight and a weight distribution rating of 10 000 lbs gross weight 1 000 lbs tongue weight This means that without using a weight distributing ballmount the receiver is only designed to carry 5 000 Ibs When hooking up a trailer using a weight distrib uting hitch always refer to the hitch manufactur er s instructions 1 Park unloaded vehicle on a level sur
37. accelerator pedal with your right foot As the vehicle begins to move take your left foot off the brake Once the engine has started the clutch interlock switch CANCEL light shuts off Do not use the interlock switch to start the engine under normal driving conditions POWER OUTLET LICO760 Front row The power outlets are for powering electrical accessories such as cellular telephones The bottom power outlet located on instrument panel is powered directly by the vehicle s battery The top power outlet if so equipped located on the instrument panel and the power outlet lo cated inside the center console are powered only when the ignition key Is in the ACC or ON posi tion Open the cap to use a power outlet LICO761 Center console A CAUTION The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use Only certain power outlets are designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter See your NISSAN dealer for additional information Do not use with accessories that ex ceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory Use power outlets with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory bei
38. already locked The horn may or may not beep Refer to Silencing the horn beep feature in the Pre driving checks and adjustments sec tion later in this manual Confirm that the gt indicator light comes on The c gt light stays on for about 30 seconds The vehicle security system is now pre armed After about 30 seconds the ve hicle security system automatically shifts into the armed phase The c gt light begins to flash once every 3 seconds If during the 30 second pre arm time period the driver s door is unlocked by the key or the keyfob or the ignition key is turned to ACC or ON the system will not arm If the key is turned slowly when locking the driver s door the system may not arm Furthermore if the key is turned beyond the vertical position toward the unlock position to remove the key the system may be disarmed when the key is removed If the indicator light fails to glow for 30 seconds unlock the door once and lock it again Even when the driver and or passen gers are in the vehicle the system will arm with all doors closed and locked with the ignition key in the OFF posi tion Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the following alarm The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently The alarm automatically turns off after ap proximately 50 seconds However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm
39. and difficult hot starting are experienced after using oxygenate blend fuels immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refu eling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 in your vehicle U S government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Aftermarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives for example fuel injec tor cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvents or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine 9 4 Technical and consumer information Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If se vere this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holdi
40. and slow down with care If accelerating or downshifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement Allow greater following distances on slippery roads Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reach ing it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control on slip pery roads Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped AWARNING e Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical system or a 2 pronged adapter You can be se riously injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection Disconnect and properly store the en gine block heater cord before starting the engine Damage to the cord could result in an electrical shock and can cause serious injury e Use a heavy duty 3 wire 3 pronged ex tension cord rated for at least 10 A Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 VAC outlet Failure to use the proper extension cord or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious personal injury Engine block heaters a
41. and well back AWARNING Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 51 AWARNING Children may be severely injured or killed when the supplemental front air bags side air bags or curtain side impact and rollover air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and children should be properly restrained in the rear seat if possible 1 52 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING e Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An in flating supplemental front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child See Child restraints earlier in this section for details AWARNING Supplemental side air bag if so equipped and curtain side impact and rollover air bag if so equipped The supplemental side air bag and cur tain side impact and rollover air bag ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact rear impact or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 53 lt lt RRRS SSS
42. as conventional two wheel drive vehicles any more than low slung sports cars are designed to per form satisfactorily under off road conditions If at all possible avoid sharp turns at high speeds As with other vehicles of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt Be sure to read the driving safety precautions later in this section AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER AWARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering ma neuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle loss of control could result ina collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to roll over particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including pre scription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual and also instruct your pa
43. back into the oil pan 4 Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Re insert it all the way Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 LDI0467 Type B 5 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be between the H High and L Low marks This is the normal oper ating oil level range If the oil level is below the L Low mark remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself A CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Op erating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty WDI0500 VQ40DE CHANGING ENGINE OIL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature then turn it off Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise 4 Place a large drain pan under the drain plug 5 Remove the drain plug 8 with a wrench by turning it counterclockwise and completely drain the oll 9 Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level with the dipstick Add engine oil if necessary A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yours
44. belts and supplemental restraint system that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly If the air bag status light is not illuminated reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat If the passenger air bag status light will not illu minate even though you believe that the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF Your NISSAN dealer can check that the system is OFF by using a special tool However until you have confirmed with your dealer that your air bag is working properly reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat The air bag system and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status For example if a large adult who is sitting in the front passenger seat exits the vehicle the passenger air bag status light will go from OFF to ON for a few seconds and then to OFF This is normal system operation and does not indicate a malfunction If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system the supplemental air bag warning light 8 located in the meter and gauges area in the center of the instrument panel will blink Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer 1 59 Other supple
45. between 140 F 60 C and 194 F 90 C the display will read 140 F 60 C When the tempera ture is above 194 F 90 C the display will read SC When the outside temperature is between 40 F 40 C and 60 F 51 C the dis play will read 40 F 40 C When the tem perature is below 60 F 51 C the display will read OC The outside temperature sensor is located in front of the radiator The sensor may be affected by road or engine heat wind direc tion and other driving conditions The display may differ from the actual outside tempera ture or the temperature displayed on various signs or billboards Temperature display will not update unless the vehicle is moving faster than 12 MPH 20 km h or the ignition switch has been OFF for 4 hours COMPASS DISPLAY Push the button for about 1 second when the ignition key is in the ON position to toggle the outside temperature and compass direction dis play on or off The display will indicate the direction of the vehicle s heading N North E East S South W West If the display reads CAL calibrate the compass by driving the vehicle in three complete circles at less than 5 MPH 8 km h You can also calibrate the compass by driving your vehicle on your everyday route The com pass will be calibrated once it has tracked three complete circles instruments and controls 2 11 2 12 Instruments and controls Zone
46. can be shut off by unlocking the driver s door with the key or by pressing the M button on the keyfob The alarm is activated by opening a door without using the key or keyfob even if the door is unlocked by using the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch How to stop an activated alarm The alarm stops only by unlocking the driver s door with the key or by pressing the 44 but ton on the keyfob NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM if so equipped The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of a registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 sec onds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices Statement related to Section 15 of FCC Rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys tem CONT ASSY IMMOBILIZER ANT ASSY IMMOBILIZE
47. cruise control system use the following pro cedures AWARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed On winding or hilly roads On slippery roads rain snow ice etc In very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident A CAUTION On manual transmission models do not shift into N Neutral without depressing the clutch pedal when the cruise control is set Should this occur depress the clutch pedal and turn the main switch off imme diately Failure to do so may cause engine damage CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed be tween 25 89 MPH 40 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal To turn on the cruise control push the main switch The CRUISE indicator light in the instru ment panel comes on To set cruising speed accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it The SET indicator light in the instru ment panel comes on Take your foot off the accel erator pedal Your vehicle maintains the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the ac celerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle returns to the previously set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down
48. depressed manual transmission vehicles using only the brake as this could cause loss of control Heavy braking going down a hill could cause your brakes to overheat and fade resulting in loss of control and an acci dent Apply brakes lightly and use a low gear to control your speed Use the Hill Descent Control feature if so equipped Unsecured cargo can be thrown around when driving over rough terrain Prop erly secure all cargo so it will not be thrown forward and cause injury to you or your passengers To avoid raising the center of gravity excessively do not exceed the rated capacity of the roof rack if so equipped and evenly distribute the load Secure heavy loads in the cargo area as far forward and as low as pos sible Do not equip the vehicle with tires larger than specified in this manual This could cause your vehicle to roll over Do not grip the inside or spokes of the steering wheel when driving off road The steering wheel could move sud denly and injure your hands Instead drive with your fingers and thumbs on the outside of the rim Before operating the vehicle ensure that the driver and all passengers have their seat belts fastened Always drive with the floor mats in place as the floor may become hot Lower your speed when encountering strong crosswinds With a higher center of gravity your NISSAN is more af fected by strong side winds Slower speeds ensure better vehicle contr
49. discs loaded will be repeated 1 DISC RPT The disc that is currently playing will be repeated 1 TRACK RPT The track that is currently playing will be repeated ALL DISC RDM Tracks from all discs will be played randomly 1 DISC RDM Tracks from the disc that is cur rently playing will be played randomly CD EJECT Current Selected disc Press the button then press the slot number 1 6 for the desired disc The compact disc will be ejected If no slot num ber 1 6 is pressed the current loaded disc will be ejected Also if the ejected disc is not removed within 15 seconds the disc will reload All discs Press and hold the button for more than 1 5 seconds The compact discs will be ejected one by one If a disc is not removed within 15 seconds or the amp button is pressed again during the eject sequence the entire disc eject sequence will be can celed When this button is pressed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played 4 24 Heater air conditioner and audio systems CD IN indicator The slot numbers 1 6 will illuminate if CDs have been loaded into the changer in CD mode only A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated AUX jack if so equipped CD CARE AND CLEANING The AUX jac
50. drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging performance 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Operating tips Keep the windows and sunroof if so equipped closed while the air conditioner is in operation After parking in the sun drive for 2 or 3 minutes with the windows open to vent hot air from the passenger compartment Then close the windows This allows the air con ditioner to cool the interior more quickly The air conditioning system should be operated for approximately 10 minutes at least once a month This helps pre vent damage to the system due to lack of lubrication e A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a malfunction If the engine coolant temperature gauge indicates engine coolant tem perature over the normal range turn the air conditioner off See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section of this manual 4 6 Heater air conditioner and audio systems AIR FLOW CHARTS The following charts show the button and dial positions for MAXIMUM AND QUICK heating cooling or defrosting For additional information on heating and cooling see Heater and air con ditioner in this section The air recirculation lt gt button should always be in the OFF position for heating and defrosting DEFROSTING Air pass
51. engine should be turned off while programming the HomeLink Universal Transceiver PROGRAMMING HOMELINK 1 To begin press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons to clear the memory until the indicator light blinks after 20 seconds Release both buttons Position the end of the hand held transmitter 1 3 inches 26 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface 3 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold both the HomeLink button you want to program and the hand held transmitter but ton DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 has been completed Instruments and controls 2 53 4 Hold down both buttons until the indicator light on the HomeLink flashes changing from a slow blink to a rapidly flashing blink This could take up to 90 seconds When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapidly flash ing light indicates successful programming To activate the garage door or other pro grammed device press and hold the pro grammed HomeLink button releasing when the device begins to activate 5 If the indicator light on the HomeLink blinks rapidly for 2 seconds and then turns solid HomeLink has picked up a rolling code garage door opener signal You will need to proceed with the next steps to train the HomeLink to complete the programming which may require a ladder and another per son for convenience 6 Press and release the
52. facing AWARNING Do not install a child restraint system on the passenger s side jump seat with out unfolding the seat extender A child restraint system will not be installed properly and the child could be seri ously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision AWARNING To install a rear facing child restraint on the passenger s side jump seat it will be necessary to move the front passen ger s seat fully forward and place the front seatback upright or tilt it forward The front seat cannot be used Attempt ing to do so could lead to serious injury in a sudden stop or crash 1 40 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system When you install a child restraint on the passen ger s side jump seat follow these steps l To access the jump seat extension on the passenger s side jump seat only pull up on the extension to unfold it to the open position Then unfold the two support legs 3 and lower the jump seat to the full open 4 seating position LRSO544 Rear Facing passenger s side jump seat only step 2 2 Move the front passenger s seat into the FULL FORWARD position Then move the front seatback to the upright or tilted forward position Position the child restraint on the jump seat The direction of the child restraint depends on the type of the child restraint and the size of the child Always follow the restraint manufacturer s instructions LRSO545 Rear F
53. fans belts and any other moving parts It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an en closed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is neces sary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from the fuel tank and battery On gasoline engine models with the multiport fuel injection MFI system the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off A CAUTION Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Avoid contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Al ways conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid This Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform A genuine NISSAN service manual is also avail able See Owner s Manual Service Manual or der information in the Technical a
54. from the center mount and swing the visor to the side 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments VANITY MIRRORS To access the vanity mirror pull the sun visor down and flip open the mirror cover Some vanity mirrors are illuminated and turn on when the mirror Cover is open MIRRORS REARVIEW MIRROR if so equipped The night position reduces glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night Use the day position when driving in daylight hours A WARNING Use the night position only when neces sary because it reduces rear view clarity AUTOMATIC ANTI GLARE REARVIEW MIRROR if so equipped The inside mirror is designed so that it automati cally dims according to the intensity of the head lights of the vehicle following you The automatic anti glare feature operates only when the ignition switch is in the ON position The indicator light will illuminate when the automatic anti glare feature is operating To turn off the automatic anti glare feature press the button The indicator light will turn off To turn on the automatic anti glare feature press the button again The indicator light will turn on For information on HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver operation see HomeLink Universal Transceiver in the Instrument and controls sec tion of this manual For information on the compass and outside tem perature display see Compass a
55. has been programmed into HomeLink Consult the Owner s Manual of each device or call the manufacturer or dealer of those devices for additional information When your vehicle is recovered you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Univer sal Transceiver with your new transmitter information FCC Notice This device complies with FCC rules part 15 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This de vice must accept any interference that may be received including interference that may cause undesired operation This transmitter has been tested and com plies with FCC and DOC MDC rules Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment DOC ISTC 1763K1313 FCC I D CV2V67690 Instruments and controls 2 55 MEMO 2 56 Instruments and controls 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments OVS ge eee ee tae ae poe ee eee seen eet eee sre ee 3 2 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system keys UR so CqUIDDG0 2cewadccantes tase eacuecasene secs 3 2 DOOMS se sig Sie ee Rote cheeses EET 3 3 Locking with Key jac ser eeetacycewce penegaesnreses 3 3 Locking with inside lock knob 05 3 4 Locking with power door lock switch if so equipped oucxusenese secusntesKenueensanes 3 4 Rear doors King Cab models 00008 3 5 Child safety rear door lock Cre
56. hee a A 9 2 Clutch TOE ses ms oe a ee eee cm a 8 14 Engine coolant ea hae 6 ee a ew me oe 8 8 Engine Ol wi 2 x oe ela 2 Oe eB we eX 8 9 Power steering fluid 8 13 Window washer fluid 8 15 F M V S S certification label 9 10 Fog light SWICK 06 se 6 seo a eae 4 2 31 Front air bag system See supplemental restraint system 1 56 FIONUSCdlS s le aa m8 Ge ae a ete Swe Sa 1 2 Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel UBICA oa eS a cd ee oe oS 9 2 FUCIGCONOINY 2 044 6 440 24 o ne 4 5 21 Fuel gauge o i coe 64 0 ee baa e es 2 9 Fuel octane rating 9 4 Fuel recommendation 9 3 Fuel filler cap en a oe woe SS Hw A 3 10 Fuel filler doorandcap 3 10 Fuel filler lid 2a 42s a bm sas 3 10 Fuses 46 6 4a Se aa S a eS Se eS Soe Ss 8 24 FUSIOIG IMRS s sia a 6 ok ew a aS oho 8 25 G Garage door opener HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 52 Gas Gap 2 0 6 ais a ae a 3 10 3 10 Gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 8 Engine oil pressure gauge 2 9 Fuel gauge oaoa 0 oa oe ha ee RA 2 9 Odometer 244k wa 4 amp eee oe Be we a 2 5 Speedometer 0000 2 5 Tachometer aoaaa de ee we Se es 2 8 Trip computer e s s ss acarat ma a 2 7 Trip odometer aaao aaa 2 5 VOUMEIGH ss oo bum eaa eee ae es 2 10 General maintenance 8 2 HOVE DOK ws ax agan ede a ees OP ke ee 2 41 H Hazard warning flash
57. hill Be especially careful when stopped on a hill on frozen or muddy roads Failure to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards may re sult in a loss of control of the vehicle and possible serious injury or death The hill start assist system is not de signed to hold the vehicle at a standstill on a hill Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to roll backwards and may result in a collision or serious personal injury The hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards on a hill under all load or road conditions Al ways be prepared to depress the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards Failure to do so may result in a collision or serious personal injury The hill start assist system automatically keeps the brakes applied to help prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards in the time it takes the driver to release the brake pedal and apply the accelerator when the vehicle is stopped on a hill Hill start assist will operate automatically under the following conditions The selector lever is shifted to a forward or reverse gear The vehicle is stopped completely on a hill by applying the brake The maximum holding time is 2 seconds After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin to roll back and hill start assist will stop operating completely Hill start assist will not operate when the selector lever is shif
58. in vehicle towing or recovery If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control System if so equipped Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back and forth between R Reverse and D Drive Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D Do not spin the tires above 35 mph 55 km h If the vehicle can not be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle In case of emergency 6 15 MEMO 6 16 Incase of emergency 7 Appearance and care Cleaning exterior secre cir erage dasa ep saws a 7 2 Cleaning INterO s esr axcaas aasewiuesaoeerade seeds 7 4 Eea E E E E ETET 2 FOOF MAS eene erR ET EENEN eee w ae ENNA 7 4 WANG cavern astas EENE ES E sees 7 2 Se O E E E TEET 7 5 REMOVING SPOlSsrssirirrresiorrga Seeeenew ered 7 3 COnoSiOn PIOl6ClON acts ccnaccrcecerntiinaweonoawes 7 5 WNGCIDOOY cis iiccrencrsedeeeoks pede ne EES ses 7 3 Most common factors contributing to vehicle ase aa vse ete ta on eneatas EEE E 7 3 COMOSION repress ees uire pA SRE EEES 7 5 Aluminum alloy wheelS 0c cece eee eee eee eee 7 3 Environmental fac
59. increase or decrease the volume Ly AA Tuning Memory change radio Push the tuning switch or 4N forless than 1 5 seconds to change presets Seek tuning radio Push the tuning swith W or AN for more than 1 5 seconds to seek the next or previ ous radio station Next Previous track CD Push the tuning switth W or 7 for less than 1 5 seconds to return to the beginning of the 4 26 Heater air conditioner and audio systems present track or skip to the next track Push several times to skip back or skip through tracks Change disc CD if so equipped Push the SEEK tuning switch W or AN for more than 1 5 seconds to change the playing disc up or down ANTENNA The antenna cannot be shortened but can be removed When you need to remove the antenna turn the antenna rod counterclockwise To install the antenna rod turn the antenna clock wise Tighten the antenna rod to specification using a suitable tool such as an open end wrench The antenna rod tightening specification is 3 4 3 6 N m 30 32 in lb Do not use pliers to tighten the antenna as they can leave marks on the antenna surface The antenna rod cannot be hand tightened to the proper specification A CAUTION Always properly tighten the antenna rod during installation or the antenna rod may break during vehicle operation CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a CB ham radio or car phone in your NISSAN be sure to observe
60. is OFF See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this sec tion for details The three point seat belt in your vehicle is equipped with an automatic locking mode retractor which must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the retractor s locking mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The re straint could tip over or otherwise be unsecured and cause injury to the child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front pas senger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passen ger seat except for the King cab models The instructions in this section apply to child restraint installation using the vehicle seat belts in the rear seats or the front passenger seat 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Lo WRS0699 Front facing front passenger seat step 1 Front facing Follow these steps to install a front facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear bench seat Crew cab models only or in the front passenger seat 1 If you must install a child restraint in the front seat it should be placed in a front facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be us
61. is turned OFF and a door is opened and left open the headlights remain ON for 5 minutes If another door is opened during the 5 minutes then the 5 minute timer is reset To turn the autolight system off turn the switch to the OFF Dd or 4O position Be sure you do not put anything on top of the autolight sensor 1 located in the top side of the instrument panel The autolight sensor controls the autolight if it is cov ered the autolight sensor reacts as if it is dark out and the headlights will illuminate If this occurs while parked with the engine off and the key in the ON position your vehicle s battery could become discharged Headlight beam select C To select the high beam function push the lever forward The high beam lights come on and the D light illuminates 2 Pull the lever back to select the low beam 3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the headlight high beams on and off Battery saver system If the ignition switch is turned OFF while the headlight switch is in the Dd or 20 posi tion the headlights will turn off after 5 minutes After the headlights automatically turn off with the headlight switch in the Dd or 20 position the headlights will illuminate again for 5 minutes if the headlight switch is moved to the OFF position and then turned to the Dd or 20 position A CAUTION Even though the battery saver feature au tomatically turns off the headlights after a period
62. light should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Mal function indicator light MIL later in this section ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE if so equipped The gauge indicates the engine lubrication sys tem oil pressure while the engine is running When the engine speed is high the engine oil pressure is also high When the engine speed is low the gauge may indicate low oil pressure A CAUTION This gauge is not designed to indicate low engine oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section Instruments and controls 2 9 If the gauge needle does not move with the proper amount of engine oil have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Continued vehicle operation in such a condition could cause serious damage to the engine 2 10 Instruments and controls VOLTMETER if so equipped When the ignition key is turned to the ON posi tion the voltmeter indicates the battery voltage When the engine is running It indicates the gen erator voltage While cranking the engine the volts drop below the normal range If the needle is not in the normal range 11 15 volts while the engine is running it may indicate that the charging system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer COMPAS
63. light switch if so equipped P 2 31 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR 0 4 Illustrated table of contents 1 Rear sliding window if so equipped P 2 49 Vehicle loading P 9 12 Truck box tailgate P 3 15 Replacing bulbs P 8 28 Fuel filler cap fuel recommendation P 3 10 P 9 3 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details ae oO PASSENGER COMPARTMENT ee 00N 0 la Map lights P 2 51 Sun visors P 3 12 Inside mirror P 3 13 Ventilators P 4 2 Glove box P 2 41 Shift knob automatic transmission if so equipped P 5 12 Cup holders P 2 43 Front seats P 1 2 Console box P 2 40 Rear seats P 1 10 Flat tire Jacking equipment storage P 6 2 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details illustrated table of contents 0 5 INSTRUMENT PANEL 23 22 21 0 6 Illustrated table of contents Ventilators P 4 2 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn signal switch P 2 27 Steering wheel switch for audio control if so equipped P 4 26 Driver supplemental air bag horn P 1 49 P 2 32 Meters gauges and warning indicator lights P 2 5 2 14 Cruise control main set switches if so equipped P 5 19 Windshield wi
64. lt 52aeseceuedatcecateceeadeneud 2 19 Audible reminders 2 c222222 eeeseibedsenseeiaae 2 23 Security systems if so equipped o n nanunua 2 23 Vehicle security system if so equipped 2 23 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system tif so EqUIDDEd ac eccutvacewetseuwdesheusesens 2 25 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 26 SWileh operatio 2 iiceaeyenanennadsanaeaany aes 2 26 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch USO CQUIDDGG ecceceiudctncnereueeeenucesoeeune 2 27 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 27 Headlight control switch 0 eee eee 2 27 Daytime running light system Canada only 2 29 Instrument brightness control 005 2 30 TOM Slat SACU occcre eyecare ae dose peates eure 2 30 Fog light switch if so equipped 8 2 31 Hazard warning flasher switch 0000eeee 2 31 PIO snore nwa den ee cen en be E E E E 2 32 Cargo lamp SWHCl lt cieseveney yeus sc uestrayacsaes 2 32 Heated seat if so equipped ccc eee nunn 2 33 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch if so equipped n nnannnna nannan nrnna 2 33 Hill descent control switch if so equipped 2 34 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system switch if so EqUuIDPEd 6 cece cece eee eens 2 35 Clutch interlock clutch start switch OE CQUIPDCO EE E 2 36 Power ouilel aa voce nadred toene E R EEE a 2 36 Sa eea E E E E E E E T E ces 2 37 S
65. moved or when a vibration occurs Instruments and controls 2 23 The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations Al ways secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your keys in the ignition and always lock the vehicle when unattended Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit areas whenever possible Many devices offering additional protection such as component locks identification markers and tracking systems are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops Your NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see If you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features How to arm the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be armed even if the windows are open 2 Remove the key from the ignition switch 3 Close all doors Lock all doors The doors can be locked with the key power door lock switch if the door is opened locked and then closed or with the keyfob Keyfob operation Push the button on the keyfob All doors lock The hazard lights flash 2 24 Instruments and controls twice and the horn beeps once to indicate all doors are locked When the button is pushed with all doors locked the hazard lights flash twice and the horn beeps once as a re minder that the doors are
66. must be under 21 mph 35 km h and the hill descent control system switch must be ON The hill descent control indicator light will come on when the system is activated Also the stop tail lights illuminate while the hill descent control system applies the brakes to control ve hicle speed If the accelerator or brake pedal is depressed while the hill descent control system is on the system will stop operating temporarily As soon as the accelerator or brake pedal is released the hill descent control system begins to function again if the hill descent control operating condi tions are fulfilled The hill descent control indicator light blinks if the switch is on and all conditions for system activa tion are not met or if the system becomes disen gaged for any reason To turn off the hill descent control system push the switch to the OFF position For additional information see Hill descent con trol system on indicator light earlier in this sec tion and Hill descent control system in the Starting and driving section of this manual ELECTRONIC LOCKING REAR DIFFERENTIAL E Lock SYSTEM SWITCH if so equipped The Electronic Locking Rear Differential E Lock system can help provide added traction if the vehicle is stuck or becoming stuck To activate the E Lock system the 4WD switch must be in the 4LO position 4 wheel drive vehicles the vehicle must be stopped or moving at 4 mph
67. off after 2 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Perform the following proce dure to reset the system Start the engine and set the steering wheel in the straight forward position Drive the vehicle at speeds above 10 mph 15 km h for at least 10 minutes The VDC OFF indicator light should go off indicating the traction control system is op erational lf you interrupt the reset procedure by turn ing the ignition off you will need to restart the reset procedure If after driving the vehicle for more than 10 min utes and the SLIP and lights remain illumi nated in the instrument panel have the vehicle dynamic control system checked by a NISSAN dealer If the vehicle is operated with the vehicle dynamic control system off using the VDC OFF switch most VDC functions will be turned off The VDC system will still try to transfer power from a slip ping drive wheel to one with more traction when the VDC system switch Is OFF The Slip indicator will flash if wheel spin is detected The ABS will still operate with the VDC system off When the VDC system is operating you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working prop erly The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed
68. or improper windshield washer operation If wax gets into the nozzle remove it with a needle or small pin BRAKES If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer Self adjusting brakes Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The front and rear disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied AWARNING See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal Brake pad wear indicators The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible wear indicators When a brake pad requires re placement a high pitched scraping or screech ing sound will be heard when the vehicle is in motion The noise will be heard whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occa sional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For more information regarding brake inspections see the appropriate mainte nance schedule information in the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 FUSES ald Ph t Tarr i r a HHHH if a i Ji l idk i n J 7 JE ST
69. play id ml SEEK TRACK button When the M button is pressed for less than 1 5 seconds while a compact disc is playing the track being played returns to its beginning Press several times to skip back through tracks The compact disc will go back the number of times the button is pressed When the gt I button is pressed for less than 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing the next track will start to play from its beginning Press several times to skip through tracks The compact disc will advance the number of times the button is pressed When the last track on the compact disc is skipped through the first track will be played Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 23 Pp pp CAT FOLDER button While playing a CD press the CAT FOLDER button 44 or PP to fast forward or rewind a track ona CD lt lt gt gt While playing an MP3 CD press the CAT FOLDER button 44 or PP to scan back ward or forward through available folders Press and hold the CAT FOLDER button 44 or PP to fast forward or rewind a track on an MP3 CD CD select buttons MP3 CAT FOLDER button To play another CD that has been loaded press a CD select button 1 6 SCAN RPT When the SCAN RPT play button is pushed while the compact disc is played the play pattern can be changed as follows ALL DISC RPT 1 DISC RPT 1 TRACK RPT ALL DISC RDM 1 DISC RDM ALL DISC RPT ALL DISC RPT All
70. played on the disk Disc number mode displays the current disc number playing in the changer MP3 display mode To change the text displayed when listening to an MP3 WMA CD with MP3 WMA text when CD with text is being used press the DISP button The DISP button will scroll through the CD text as follows Track title Folder title Artist title Disc number gt Folder number To change the default display mode press the AUDIO knob repeatedly until DISPLAY MODE appears on the display then rotate the knob to select the following display modes Disc number Folder number Once a display mode is selected press the AU DIO knob again to store the setting Folder number mode displays the selected folder number and the track number that is currently being played Disc number mode displays the selected disc number and the track number that is currently being played Artist title mode displays the artist title of the MP3 WMA file Track title mode displays the track title of the MP3 WMA file Folder title mode displays the folder name given to the MP3 folder Display satellite radio display mode if so equipped To change the text displayed when listening to satellite radio if so equipped press the DISP button The DISP button will scroll through the broadcast information as follows Name lt Title Current display mode To change the default display mode press the AUDIO bu
71. pre tensioner seat belt system may result in serious per sonal injury Work around and on the pre tensioner system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pre tensioner seat belt system If you need to dispose of the pre tensioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Correct pre tensioner disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The front seat pre tensioner seat belt system activates in conjunction with the front supple mental air bag systems Working with the seat belt retractor it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occu pants The pre tensioner is encased with the seat belt s retractor These seat belts are used the same as conventional seat belts When the pre tensioner seat belt activates smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause Irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly After the pre tensioner seat belts have activated load limiters allow the seat belt to release web bing if necessa
72. recom mends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON TIRES on all four wheels Please consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability informa tion 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires Starting and driving 5 35 3 Tire chains may be used For details see Tire chains in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter e A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades e A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowadrifts Extra window washer fluid to refill the reser voir tank DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE AWARNING e Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded 5 36 Starting and driving Whatever the condition drive with cau tion Accelerate
73. satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT band option is selected unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active Sat ellite radio can only be installed in vehicles that were factory pre wired for satellite radio Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo over the satellite antenna COMPACT AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Compact disc CD player A CAUTION e Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD changer player Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD changer Only one CD can be loaded into the CD player at a time Only use high quality 4 7 inches 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads e The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the compartment tempera ture is extremely high or low Decrease increase t
74. see Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual The Anti lock Braking System ABS controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to pre vent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing each wheel from locking the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slip pery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down De press the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will oper ate to prevent the wheels from locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles A WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors electric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunc tion it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then operates norm
75. smart or learn pro gram button located on the garage door opener s motor to activate the training mode This button is usually located near the antenna wire that hangs down from the motor If the wire originates from under a light lens you will need to remove the lens to access the program button 2 54 Instruments and controls NOTE Once you have pressed and released the program button on the garage door open er s motor and the training light is lit you have 30 seconds in which to perform step 7 Use the help of a second person for conve nience to assist when performing this step 7 Within 30 seconds of pressing and releas ing the garage door opener program button quickly and firmly press and release the HomeLink button you ve just programmed Press and release the HomeLink button up to 3 times to complete the training 8 Your HomeLink button should now be pro grammed To program the remaining HomeLink buttons for additional door or gate openers follow steps 2 8 only NOTE Do not repeat step 1 unless you want to clear all previously programmed HomeLink buttons If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 PROGRAMMING HOMELINK FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS Prior to 1992 D O C regulations required hand held transmitters to stop transmitting after 2 s
76. so equipped Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle Both the GVWR and GAWR are located on the F M V S S C M V S S label See Measurement of Weights later in this section Do not exceed the load limit of your ve hicle shown as The combined weight of occupants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label if so equipped Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on Tire and Loading Information label if SO equipped To get the combined weight of occu pants and cargo add the weight of all occupants then add the total luggage weight Examples are shown in the follow ing illustration Technical and consumer information 9 13 Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Occupants Luggage Trailer Tongue Weight zi PA Lo 150 Ib x 2 300 Iib 30lbx2 60lb 300 lb 70 kg 135kg 14kg 27 kg 135 kg Occupants Luggage tr ED 150 Ib x 2 300 Ib 30 Ib x 2 60 Ib 70 kg 135 kg 14 kg 27 kg Occupants Luggage LERKE EEEEE 150 Ib x 5 750 Ib 30 Ib x 5 150 Ib 70 kg 340 kg 14kg 70 kg Example 9 14 Technical and consumer information
77. sq feet 5 52 sq meters The towing capacity values are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options required to achieve the rating Additional passengers cargo and or optional equipment will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle s maximum towing capacity All towing above 1 000 Ib 454 kg requires the use of trailer brakes NISSAN recommends the use of a tandem axle trailer whenever towing above 3 000 Ib 1 361 kg 2 The maximum towing capacity when using the genuine NISSAN step bumper as a ball mount is 3 500 Ib 1 588 kg and 350 Ib 158 kg tongue load TOWING SAFETY Trailer hitch Your vehicle may be equipped with an optional trailer tow package The trailer tow package in cludes a receiver type frame mounted hitch This hitch is rated for the maximum towing capacity of this vehicle when the proper towing equipment is used Choose a proper ball mount and hitch ball that is rated for the trailer to be towed Genuine Nissan ball mounts and hitch balls are available from your NISSAN dealer If your vehicle is not equipped with the optional trailer tow package check the towing capacity of your bumper hitch or receiver type frame mounted hitch Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle and trailer A genuine Nissan trailer hitch is available from your NISSAN dealer Make sure the trailer hitch is securely attached to the vehicle to help avoid personal injury or property damage due to sway caus
78. stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling Fuel may be under pressure Turn the cap a third of a turn and wait for any hissing sound to stop to prevent fuel from spraying out and possibly causing personal injury Then remove the cap Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emis sion control system An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the malfunction indicator lamp to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are fill ing it Use only approved portable fuel con tainers for flammable liquid A CAUTION If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body
79. the 2WD 4H or 4LO position again to turn off the ATP warning light when the automatic trans mission selector lever is in the P posi tion and the ATP warning light is ON Before shifting the 4WD switch into the 4LO position move the automatic transmission selector lever into the N position once shift the selector lever into P again and make sure the ATP warning light is OFF This light indicates that the automatic transmis sion parking function is not engaged If the trans fer control is not secured in any drive position Instruments and controls 2 15 while the automatic transmission selector lever is in the P Park position the transmission will disengage and the drive wheels will not lock r O Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Parking brake indicator When the ignition key is in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition key is in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the vehicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary See Brake fluid in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by a NISSAN dealer 2 16 Ins
80. the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminates and then turns off This indicates the ABS is operational If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is running or while driving it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If an ABS malfunction occurs the anti lock func tion is turned off The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance See Brake system in the Starting and driving sec tion Ne o Ee Automatic transmission oil temperature warning light if so equipped This light comes on when the automatic transmis sion oil temperature is too high If the light comes on while driving reduce the vehicle speed as soon as safely possible until the light turns off A CAUTION Continued vehicle operation when the A T oil temperature warning light is on may damage the automatic transmission Automatic transmission park warning light gs73 model A WARNING If the ATP light is ON this indicates that the automatic transmission P Park po sition will not function and the transfer case is in neutral When parking always make sure that the 4WD shift indicator light illuminates and the parking brake is set Failure to engage the transfer position in 2WD 4H or 4LO could result in the vehicle mov ing unexpectedly resulting in serious personal injury or property damage Shift the 4WD switch into
81. the following precautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the engine control system and other electronic parts AWARNING A cellular telephone should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Some juris dictions prohibit the use of cellular tele phones while driving If you must make a call while your ve hicle is in motion the hands free cellu lar phone operational mode if so equipped is highly recommended Ex ercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so A CAUTION Keep the antenna as far away as pos sible from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic con trol system harnesses Do not route the antenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult a NISSAN dealer Do not ground electrical accessories directly to the battery terminal Doing so will bypass the variable voltage con trol system and the vehicle battery may not charge completely Refer to Vari able voltage control system in the Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion later in this manual
82. the key to unlock the key cylinder MANUAL TRANSMISSION The ignition switch includes a device that helps prevent accidental removal of the key while driv ing The key can only be removed when the ignition switch is in the LOCK position On manual transmission models to turn the igni tion key to LOCK position from ACC or ON position turn the key to OFF push the key in then turn the key to LOCK In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 8 of a turn clockwise from the straight up position Starting and driving 5 9 To lock the steering wheel turn the key to the LOCK position Remove the key To unlock the steering wheel insert the key and turn it gently while rotating the steer ing wheel slightly right and left KEY POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position 0 OFF Not used 1 ACC Accessories 2 This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position 3 This position turns on the ignition system and the electrical accessories START 4 This position starts the engine As soon as the engine has started release the key It automati cally returns to the ON position 5 10 Starting and driving NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key
83. the seat shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0698 Front facing step 7 If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point See Top tether strap child restraint in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap to seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor 8 10 Before placing the child in the child restraint hold the child restraint near the seat belt path and use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm If it does move more than 1 inch 25 mm pull again on the shoulder belt to further tighten the child restraint If you are unable to prop erly secure the restraint move the restraint to another seating position and try again or try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more belt webbing out of the ret
84. the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the heater Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth When cleaning the seat never use gasoline benzine thinner or any simi lar materials If any abnormalities are found or the heated seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by your NISSAN dealer The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH if so equipped The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system on for most driv ing conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The indicator will come on Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system See Vehicle dy namic control VDC system in the Starting and driving section Instruments and controls 2 33 HILL DESCENT CONTROL SWITCH if so equipped AWARNING Never rely solely on the hill descent control system to control vehicle speed when driving on steep downhill grades Always drive carefully when us
85. to the OFF or ACC position for any reason while the vehicle is in N Neutral or any D Drive position the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position and be removed from the ignition switch Move the selector lever to the P Park position then the key can be turned to LOCK P Park Use this selector position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed to move the se lector lever from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then shift the selector lever into the P Park position R Reverse A CAUTION Use this position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use this position to back up Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be depressed to move the selector lever from P Park N Neutral or any drive position to R Reverse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving 3 Third gear Use this position for driving up and down long slopes where engine braking would be advanta geous Do not downshift into the 3 position at speeds over the following and do
86. trip display 3 Change button SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed in miles per hour MPH and kilometers per hour 1 Warning indicator lights 6 Odometer Twin trip odometer km h 9 Tachometer Trip computer if so equipped a 3 Speedometer 7 Engine oil pressure gauge Odometer Twin trip odometer 4 Fuel gauge if so equipped The odometer twin trip odometer is displayed 5 Voltmeter if so equipped 8 Engine coolant temperature gauge when the ignition key is in the ON position Instruments and controls 2 5 The odometer records the total distance the ve hicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips 2 6 Instruments and controls eB lae 2 Lieut LICO780 With twin trip odometer Changing the display For vehicles equipped with twin trip odometer pushing the change button changes the display as follows Trip A_ Trip Trip _A gt nadie gt LICO781 With trip computer For vehicles equipped with trip computer push ing the change button changes the display as follows Trip Al Trip Distance to Empty Average speed Average fuel consumption Journey time Trip A For additional information refer to Trip com puter later in this section Res
87. upholstery or carpet Then PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to RESTRAINTS retract until they are completely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt as sembly should be replaced 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING Infants and small children should al ways be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the vehicle Failure to use a child restraint can re sult in serious injury or death Infants and small children should never be carried on your lap It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe accident The child could be crushed between the adult and parts of the vehicle Also do not put the same seat belt around both your child and yourself Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An in flating supplemental front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child A rear facing child restraint must only be u
88. variation change procedure The difference between magnetic north and geo graphical north is known as variance In some areas this difference can sometimes be great enough to cause false compass readings Follow these instructions to set the variance for your particular location if this happens 1 Press and hold the button for about 8 seconds The current zone number will ap pear in the display Release the button Find your current location on the zone map Refer to the illustration Press the button repeatedly to toggle through the zone numbers until the desired number appears in the display Once you have selected a zone number the display will show a compass direction within a few seconds Inaccurate compass direction The compass display is equipped with automatic correction function If the correct direction is not shown follow this procedure 1 With the display turned on press and hold the N button for about 10 seconds The CAL icon in the compass display will illu minate Calibrate the compass by driving the vehicle in three complete circles at a maximum speed of 5 MPH 8 km h After completing the circles the display should return to normal If the compass deviates from the correct indication soon after repeated adjustment have the compass checked at an authorized dealer The compass may not indicate the correct compass point in tunnels or while driving up or dow
89. wear Re fer to Wheels and tires in the Techni cal and consumer information section of this manual for wheel off set dimensions When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not install a deformed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail without warning The use of retread tires is not recommended For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet esey Four wheel drive models A CAUTION Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Failure to do so may result in a circumference difference between tires on the front and rear axles which will cause excessive tire wear and may dam age the transmission transfer case and differential gears If excessive tire wear is found it is recommended that all four tires be replaced with tires of the
90. window switch 2 48 Automatic transmission position indicator NIGH a a ee ee ee ee ae 2 19 Driving with automatic transmission 5 12 Transmission selector lever lockrelease 2 2004 5 14 Automatic anti glare inside mirror 3 13 AUX JACK a 6 08 4 80 ee ae ek eee ok ed 4 25 B BAGG ae a eo gue ev ed oe See 8 15 Charge warning light 2 16 Before starting the engine 5 10 Belt See drive belt 8 18 Booster seats a0 a 6 ee ed aa 1 43 Brake Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 31 Brake fluid 2004 8 14 Brake light See stop light 8 29 Brake system 04 5 30 Brake warning light 2 16 Brake wear indicators 2 23 8 23 Parking brake operation 5 18 Self adjusting brakes 8 23 BloKee s iroa ad oe eo ce ew eS 8 23 Break in schedule 5 20 Brightness control Instrument panel 2 30 Bulb check instrument panel 2 15 Bulb replacement 8 29 C Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 6 sa e ao ee aR 2 a a a e oe 9 2 Car phone or CBradio 4 27 Cargo light switch oaaae 2 32 Cargo See vehicle loading information 9 12 CD care and cleaning 4 25 CD changer See audio system 4 23 CD player See audio system 4 18 Child restraint with top tether strap 1 24 Child restrai
91. wiper and washer switch 2 26 Weights See dimensions and weights 9 8 Wheels andtires 8 32 Wheel tire size 2 020000 9 8 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUNTY s o s s ae ee ka we ew 9 9 Window washer fluid 8 15 Windows Locking passengers windows 2 48 Manual windows 2 49 Power windows 4 2 46 Rear power windows 2 48 Rear sliding window 2 49 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 26 Wiper Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 26 Wiper blades 4 8 22 10 7 MEMO GAS STATION INFORMATION RECOMMENDED FUEL For 2 5L engine Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 For 4 0L engine NISSAN recommends the use of premium un leaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 If unleaded premium gaso line is not available you may use unleaded regu lar gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 but you may notice a decrease in performance A CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage th
92. with the key in the ON position 2 Turn the key to the LOCK position 3 Remove the key from the ignition If the selector lever is shifted to the P Park position after the key is turned to the OFF posi tion or when the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position proceed as follows to remove the key 1 Move the shift selector lever into the P Park position 2 Turn the ignition key slightly toward the ON position 3 Turn the key to the LOCK position 4 Remove the key The shift selector lever is designed so it cannot moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition key is turned to OFF position or if the key is removed from the switch The shift selector lever can be moved if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is depressed There is an OFF position between the LOCK and ACC positions The OFF position is indicated by a 1 on the key cylinder When the ignition is in the OFF position the steering wheel is not locked In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 8 of a turn clockwise from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel turn the key to the LOCK position Remove the key To unlock the steering wheel insert the key and turn it gently while rotating the steer ing wheel slightly right and left If the key will not turn from the LOCK posi tion turn the steering wheel to the left or right while turning
93. with your doctor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR AWARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly 1 15 WRSO174 Manual front seat shown Fastening the seat belts Front seats all models and rear seats Crew cab models Q Adjust the seat See Seats earlier in this section 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the seat belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor 1 16 Safety Seats seat be
94. 17 2nd to 3rd 15 24 3rd to 4th 24 38 Ath to 5th 35 56 For VQ40DE two wheel drive models and four wheel drive models 2H and 4H posi tion GEAR CHANGE MPH km h 1st to 2nd 11 17 2nd to 3rd 17 27 3rd to 4th 25 40 4th to 5th 32 51 5th to 6th 45 72 Suggested maximum speed in each gear Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly or if you need to accelerate Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed shown below in any gear For level road driving use the highest gear suggested for that speed Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions which will en sure safe operation Do not over rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control Allowable maximum speed in each gear 2 wheel drive models QR25DE engine GEAR MPH km h 1st 34 54 2nd 58 94 3rd 89 144 Ath 5th 2 wheel drive models VQ40DE engine GEAR MPH km h 1st 35 56 2nd 66 97 3rd 87 141 Ath os 5th 4 wheel drive models VQ40DE engine 2H 4H position GEAR MPH km h 1st 33 54 2nd 58 93 3rd 84 135 4th Sth 6th 4L position GEAR MPH km h 1st 12 20 2nd 22 35 3rd 32 51 Ath 43 70 5th 55 89 6th Starting and driving 5 17 PARKING BRAKE AWARNING Be sure the parking brake is fully re leased before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an
95. 3 4 Low fuel warning light 2 17 Low tire pressure warning light 2 17 Low washer fluid warning light aa aa 2 18 Luggage rack see roof rack 2 45 Luggage See vehicle loading information 9 12 M Maintenance General maintenance 8 2 Inside the vehicle 8 3 Maintenance precautions 8 5 Outside the vehicle 8 2 Seat belt maintenance 1 20 Under the hood and vehicle 8 4 Malfunction indicator light 2 20 Manual front seat adjustment 12 Manual windows saaa aaa 2 49 Map NIGMS s s e aa r al amp e ee mG a 2 52 Map pocket 4 aah a Rae 2S ae a Ow o 2 42 Meters and gauges 4 2 5 Instrument brightness control 2 30 Mirror Automatic anti glare inside mirror 3 13 Inside mirror 2 eee ee ee 3 13 Outside mirrors 1 62220 ede a aad 3 13 10 4 Vany MITO s a ack ew oh amp Bee amp Se a 3 12 Multi remote control system See remote keyless entry system 3 6 N NISSAN vehicle immobilizer SysSteM x pi Kk ee eee ee eS 2 25 3 2 5 10 O Octane rating See fuel octane rating 9 4 Odometer aooaa 6 Be oe wy 2 5 Oil Capacities and recommended fuel WDNCAMS amp c ereo e e e ace oa 9 2 Changing engine oil 8 10 Changing engine oil filter 2 8 12 Checking engine oil level 8 9 Enge Olle o esa arapen e aoe k ad 8
96. 4 26 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M ole Gwen e yp hee doe eae e Gee 9 35 Rear power windows 2 48 Rear sliding window 2 49 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch 2 6 06 wi 4 4 ee ew ew we 2 27 Recorders Event Calas ias som 4 464 Bm Oa 9 36 Refrigerant recommendation 9 6 Registering your vehicle in another country 9 9 Remote keyless entry system 3 6 Reporting safety defects US only 9 35 ROOUIGCK sa ake tha Reeae eo a eas 2 45 S Safety Child safety rear door lock 3 6 Child seat belts 1 20 1 31 1 43 Reporting safety defects US only 9 35 Seat Jump Seale o 4 4 e 0 5 2 506 A eee a 125 Seat adjustment Front manual seat adjustment 1 2 Front power seat adjustment 1 4 Seat belt Child safety s a 6 2 wosa eee a a 1 13 Infants and small children 1 14 Injured Person 46 262 we he a s aos 1 15 Larger children 2 1 14 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 11 Pregnantwomen 4 5 1 15 Pre tensioner seat belt system 1 62 Seat belt extenders 1 19 Seat belt maintenance 1 20 Seatbelts 0004 1 11 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 19 Three point type with retractor 1 15 Seat belt warning light 2 18 Seatback pockets 004 2 43 Seats Adjustment 20 5 2 ee dae e Des 1 2 Front seat
97. 7 wheels or state dynamometer I M testing AWD shift indicator light will indicate transfer shift position engaged z Neutral Neutral disengages the automatic transmission Stop the vehicle mechanical parking lock which will allow the For automatic transmission vehicles Shift the transmission selector to the N vehicle to roll Do not leave the transfer shift position with the brake pedal depressed ia position in Neutral 2 For manual transmission vehicles Shift the transmission shift lever to the N posi May blink tion with the clutch depressed For automatic transmission vehicles Depress and turn the 4WD shift switch to 4LO or 4H with the brake pedal depressed For manual transmission vehicles Depress and turn the 4WD switch to 4LO or 4H with the clutch pedal depressed 4 wheels rw For use when maximum power and traction is THE TRANSFER CASE DOES NOT ENGAGE BETWEEN 4H AND 4LO OR 4LO TO a required for example on steep grades or rocky 4H UNLESS YOU HAVE FIRST STOPPED THE VEHICLE DEPRESSED THE 0 Illuminated sandy muddy roads BRAKE PEDAL AND MOVED THE TRANSMISSION SELECTOR TO NEUTRAL FOR For driving on rocky sandy or snow covered roads AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION VEHICLES FOR MANUAL TRANSMISSION VE HICLES YOU MUST MOVE THE TRANSMISSION SHIFT LEVER TO NEUTRAL 3 1 Before moving the transmission selector or shift lever from neutral wait until the 4LO indicator light stays on steady This indicates that the 4WD shift procedure
98. 8 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 13 Battery P 8 15 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 8 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details A ll x a VQ40DE engine Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 15 Battery P 8 15 Fuse fusible link box P 8 24 Engine oil filler cap P 8 9 Engine oil dipstick P 8 9 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 14 Air cleaner P 8 19 Drive belt location P 8 18 Radiator cap P 8 8 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 13 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 8 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 9 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS light ig Door open warning ABS light Automatic transmis sion position indica tor light Anti lock Braking System ABS warn ing light Engine oil pressure warning light if so equipped pil warning light CSJ model Cruise set switch indicator light if so Automatic transmis light Cruise main switch indicator light if so Automatic transmis equipped sion oil temperature warning light if so equipped Ea sion park warning i Electronic locking light ESEJ ow tire pressure oo warning light rear differential E Low windshield Lock system on indicator light if so washer fluid warning light equipped 4 light and chime Charge warning light if so equipped 2 bag warning light 0 10 Illustrated
99. 9 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation a aoaaa aa 9 5 Engine oil viscosity a aooaa 9 5 Outside mirrors aooaa a 3 13 Overdrive switch aoaaa 5 15 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 6 11 Owner s manual order form 9 37 Owner s manual service manual order information a oaa a we ee we 9 37 P Parking Parking brake operation 5 18 Parking parking onhills 5 29 Personal lights lt o s a s sosai ww ome do 2 52 Power Front seat adjustment 1 4 Power door locks noaa aaa aa 3 4 Power outlets cas sa 4444 64 64 2 36 Power steering fluid 8 13 Power steering system 5 30 Power windows 44 2 46 Rear power windows 2 48 Precautions Maintenance precautions 8 5 On pavement and off road driving PIeCAUlONS 4 4 ks Sea heres oa he me 5 5 Precautions on child restraints 040 1 20 1 31 1 43 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 11 Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem 24 1 49 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Pre tensioner seat belt system 1 62 Push starling se ee a aa he e a 6 10 R Radio Car phone orCBradio 4 27 Compact Disc CD changer 4 23 FM AM radio with compact disc CD DAVE ou eS oa ee eh ow Pee we oe 4 16 FM AM radio with compact disc CD playol srs 623 8 88 EO de Peed Gos 4 20 Steering wheel audio control switch
100. 9007 HB5 Turn signal light Parking light 3457K Side marker l 194 Rear combination light Turn signal 3156AK Stop Tail 3157K Back up 921 License plate light 2J6 Fog light if so equipped H11 Map lights personal lights 8 AL38 Room light 8 AL41 High mounted stop light cargo lights 1 Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information 2The bulb is not serviceable in vehicle See a NISSAN dealer for assistance Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself nos oN gt Map lights personal lights Room light High mount stoplight cargo lights License plate light Rear combination light Fog light if so equipped Headlight assembly Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C or D When replacing a bulb first remove the lens and or cover 4 Indicates bulb removal t Indicates bulb installation WDI0206 Room light Rear combination light Use a cloth 4 to protect the housing LDI0459 Map lights personal lights Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 WDI0411 License plate light 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire see the In case of emergency section of this manual TIRE PRESSURE Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tir
101. B C button Display screen DISP CLOCK button SEEK TRACK button CD button RADIO button SCAN RADIO 38 AUX 88 BBP 888 a MP3 6CD CHANGER l a s e ap sje e le e gt 5 e e TUNE TRACK 7 AUX button 8 SCAN RPT button 9 CAT FOLDER button 10 LOAD button 11 CD insert slot 12 amp CD eject button Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 19 13 PWR VOL control knob 14 Station and CD select 1 6 buttons 15 AUDIO and TUNE button No satellite radio reception is available when the RADIO button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio can only be in stalled in vehicles that were factory pre wired for satellite radio Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD CHANGER No satellite radio reception is available when the RADIO button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and an tenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS sat ellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio can only be installed in vehicles that were factory pre wired for satellite radio Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Audio main operation POWER VOLUME control Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and then press the PWR VOL contro
102. CC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two Replace the battery in the keyfob as follows Recommended battery CR2025 or equivalent conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device Open the lid using a coin 4 Close the lid securely must accept any interference received in 2 Remove the battery 5 Press the button then the M See ee ie Vay eauae under button two or three times to check the key ired operation of the device 3 Install a new battery with the facing fob operation down Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 LIGHTS HEADLIGHTS The headlight is a semi sealed beam type which uses a replaceable headlight halogen bulb A bulb can be replaced from inside the engine compartment without removing the headlight as sembly A CAUTION High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped When handling the bulb do not touch the glass envelope e DO NOT TOUCH THE BULB Use the same number and wattage as Originally installed Wattage 65 55Bulb No HB5 9007 Always check with the Parts Depart ment at a
103. DE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian 05 A EE UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed 4 14 Heater air conditioner and audio systems Troubleshooting guide Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Check if the disc was inserted correctly Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player If there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player CGanhotpiey If there is a temperature increase error the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature Files with extensions other than MP3 mp3 or wma cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the disc is protected by copyright B i Check if the disc is scratched or dirty oor sound qualit K Bit rate may be too low It takes a relatively long time If there are many folders or file levels on the MP3 WMA disc or if it is a multisession disc some time may be required before the music starts playing before
104. DO298 Inside lock LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the lock position then close the door To unlock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the unlock position 2 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments S gt gy XN oe WPD0381 Door lock switch LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH if so equipped To lock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the lock position When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the key inside the vehicle To unlock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the unlock position Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side is moved to the lock position with the key in the ignition and any door open all doors will lock and then unlock auto matically This helps to prevent the keys from being accidently locked inside the vehicle REAR DOORS King Cab models 2 From the outside pull the door handle A 3 Open the door to the desired position toward you 1 Open the driver s or passenger s door Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Crew Cab models only Child safety locks help prevent the rear doors from being opened accidentally especially when small children are in the vehic
105. EANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth damp ened in mild soap solution then wipe clean witha dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manu facturer s recommendations Some fabric pro tectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens A CAUTION Never use benzine thinner or any simi lar material Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to leather surfaces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes polishes oils cleaning fluids solvents deter gents or ammonia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish 7 4 Appearance and care Never use fabric protectors unless rec ommended by the manufacturer Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may dam age the lens cover FLOOR MATS The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can ex tend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior No matter what mats are used be sure they are fitted for your vehicle and are properly positioned in the footwell to prevent interference with pedal operation
106. FM or SAT if so equipped for 5 seconds Pressing the button again during this 5 second period will stop scan tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN RPT button is not pressed within 5 seconds scan tuning moves to the next station PRESET A B C Station memory operations 18 stations can be set for the FM AM and SAT satellite if so equipped radio to the A B and C preset button in any combination of FM AM or SAT stations 1 Choose preset bank A B or C using the PRESET A B C select button 2 Select the desired FM AM or SAT station band 3 Tune to the desired station using manual SEEK or SCAN tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard 4 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 5 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Radio data system RDS RDS stands for Radio Data System and is a data information service transmitted by some radio stations on the FM band not AM band Cur rently most RDS stations are in large cities but many stations are now considering broadcasting RDS data RDS can display Station call sign such as WHFR 98 3 Station name such as The Groove Music or programming type such
107. FOREWORD Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles kilome ters of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law Your NISSAN dealership knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any questions they will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to them READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle please read this Own er s Manual carefully This will ensure familiarity with controls and maintenance requirements as sisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle AWARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE MINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers e NEVER drive under the influe
108. I i i f i H if i i Two types of fuses are used Type A is used in the fuse boxes in the engine compartment Type B is used in the passenger compartment fuse box Type A fuses are provided as spare fuses They are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box Type A fuses can be installed in the engine com partment and passenger compartment fuse boxes 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself If a type A fuse is used to replace a type B fuse the type A fuse will not be level with the fuse pocket as shown in the illustration This will not affect the performance of the fuse Make sure the fuse is installed in the fuse box securely Type B fuses cannot be installed in the under hood fuse boxes Only use type A fuses in the underhood fuse boxes ENGINE COMPARTMENT A CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not come on check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Open the engine hood 3 Remove the fuse box cover by pushing the tab and lifting the cover up 4 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller The fuse puller is located in the center of the fuse block in the passenger compartment 5 If the fuse is open replace it witha new PASSENGER COMPARTMENT fuse 6 If a new fuse al
109. IPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then rinse the blades with clear water If your wind shield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades A CAUTION Worn windshield wiper blades can dam age the windshield and impair driver vision 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn i Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield Push the release tab then move the wiper blade down the wiper arm to remove Remove the wiper blade Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until it clicks into place Rotate wiper blade so the dimple is in the groove A CAUTION e After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arms may be dam aged from wind pressure If you wax the surface of the hood be careful not to let wax get into the washer nozzle This may cause clogging
110. If you must install a booster seat in the front seat move the seat to the rear most position Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions 1 46 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Rear center position LRS0596 LRS0563 Rear outboard position 3 The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If neces sary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct booster seat fit See Head restraint adjustment earlier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the booster seat is removed If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat 4 Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions for adjusting the belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the belt routing Follow the warnings cautions and instr
111. L FILTER WDI0503 QR25DE A CAUTION Screw on the oil filter until a slight resistance is felt then tighten an additional 2 3 turn Start the engine and check for leakage around the oil filter Correct as required Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level Add engine oil if necessary 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot 2 Turn the engine off 6 Wipe the engine oil filter sealing surface with Place a large drain pan under the oil filter 4 Unscrew the plate covering the oil filter ex posing the filter For VQ40DE engine only Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench by turning it counterclockwise Then remove the oil filter by turning it by hand 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself a clean rag Be sure to remove any old gasket material remaining on the sealing surface of the en gine Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil 5 SPEED AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID When checking or replacement is required we recommend your NISSAN dealer for servicing AWARNING Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF Do not mix with other fluids Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic trans mission which i
112. NSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST Due to legal requirements in some states and Canadian Provinces your vehicle may be re quired to be in what is called the ready condi tion for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when tt is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system Component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condi tion Turn the ignition switch ON without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready If the MIL indicates the vehicle is in a not ready con dition drive the vehicle through the following pattern to set the vehicle to the ready condition If you cannot or do not want to perform the driving pattern a NISSAN dealer can conduct it for you Technical and consumer information 9 35 AWARNING Always drive the vehicle in a safe and prudent manner according to traffic con ditions and obey all traffic laws 1 Start the engine when the engine coolant temperature gauge needle poi
113. OLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant tempera ture The engine coolant temperature is within the normal range when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration The engine coolant temperature varies with the outside air temperature and driving conditions A CAUTION If the gauge indicates coolant tempera ture near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature If the gauge is over the nor mal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible If the engine is over heated continued operation of the ve hicle may seriously damage the engine See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section for immediate action required FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hills The gauge needle returns to E Empty after the ignition key is turned to OFF The low fuel warning light comes on when the amount of fuel in the tank is getting low Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis ters E Empty The b indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the driver s side of the vehicle A CAUTION if the vehicle runs out of fuel SERVICE nen renee the ENGINE malfunction indicator light MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips SERVICE the ENGINE
114. Ong TAYS sascrsed eee ueayciuceaces se eedates 2 37 Under seat storage bins 2 20 5 2 39 INCHOF NOMS sse rs 2 acegteemeeucaresdeeensay ee reees 2 51 Console bOX cn xccdceeacawes wedede wana ete 2 40 Personal lights if so equipped e ee eee 2 52 Glove DOX siseserceii anaes ees antes arenes 2 41 Map lights if so equipped ee eee 2 52 Sunglasses holder if so equipped 2 41 HomeLink universal transceiver if so equipped 9 52 Map PoCo cess ea ceseeectcy Ee Ennni EUNE 2 42 Programming HomeLink 0 0ee0es 9 53 Seat pockets if so equipped 06 2 43 Programming HomeLink for Canadian Cup holders 0 0 cece eee e cece eee eee eens 2 43 CUSO eeraa eee ited a ec ek EA 2 54 Roof rack if so equipped eee ee 2 45 Operating the HomeLink universal WINGOWS 0 6 6 cece tte eee 2 46 WeANSCOIVE jiciceseuuu eran neues eueauacoenaeeua 2 54 Power windows if so equipped 2 46 Programming trouble diagnoSis 00 2 55 Manual windows aian etre Siar cas se 2 49 Clearing the programmed information 2 55 Rear sliding window if so equipped 2 49 Reprogramming a single HomeLink button 2 55 Sunroof if so equipped eee a If your vehicle is Stolen cc cece eens 2 55 Automatic sunroof sasssa nananana aanne 2 49 INSTRUMENT PANEL
115. R This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the follow ing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful in terference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including inter ference that may cause undesired opera tion of the device CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTY RE SPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULD VOID THE USER S AUTHORITY TO OPER ATE THE EQUIPMENT LIC0474 Security indicator light The security indicator light blinks whenever the ignition switch is in the LOCK OFF or ACC position This function indicates the NISSAN Ve hicle Immobilizer System is operational If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal functioning the light will remain on while the ignition key is in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the en gine will not start see a NISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ser vice as soon as possible Please bring all registered keys that you have when visiting your NISSAN dealer for service instruments and controls 2 25 WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH SWITCH OPERATION The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed Q Intermittent INT intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward A Slower or
116. RF devices such as garage doors gates home and office lighting entry door locks and se curity systems Is powered by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If the vehi cle s battery is discharged or is discon nected HomeLink will retain all program ming Once the HomeLink Universal Transceiver is programmed retain the original trans mitter for future programming procedures Example new vehicle purchases Upon sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes For additional information refer to Program ming HomeLink later in this section AWARNING e Do not use the HomeLink Universal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and re verse features as required by federal safety standards These standards be came effective for opener models manufactured after April 1 1982 A ga rage door opener which cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then automatically stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features in creases the risk of serious injury or death During the programming procedure your garage door or security gate will open and close if the transmitter is within range Make sure that people or objects are clear of the garage door gate etc that you are programming Your vehicle s
117. S AND OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE DISPLAY if so equipped This unit has the following functions Measures terrestrial magnetism and indi cates heading direction of vehicle Indicates outside air temperature With the ignition switch in the ON position press the button as described in the chart below to activate various features of the automatic anti glare review mirror Push and hold the N Feature Push button again for about 1 sec button for about ond to change settings Compass outside temperature dis KARSAN play toggles on off Outside temperature display toggles between F and C Compass zone can be changed to correct false compass readings Compass enters calibration mode For information about the automatic anti glare feature refer to Automatic anti glare rearview mirror in the Pre driving checks and adjust ments section 3 seconds 8 seconds 10 seconds OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE DISPLAY Push the button for about 1 second when the ignition key is in the ON position to toggle the outside temperature and compass direction dis play on or off To change from F to C push and hold the button for about 3 seconds until the display begins to flash Press the button again to toggle between F and C Once you have selected F or C the display will continue to flash for about 5 seconds then the temperature will display When the outside temperature is
118. SSAN air condi tioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your air conditioner system See Air conditioner system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations in the Techni Paw eontral Tempers Arion cal and consumer information section of this contro dial control dial manual A NISSAN dealer is able to service your environ mentally friendly air conditioning system A WARNING The air conditioner system contains re frigerant under high pressure To avoid personal injury any air conditioner ser Air conditioner Air recirculation A i button button vice should be done only by an experi enced technician with proper equipment Air flow Temp Fan i A recirculation contra control control buttar Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 9 AUDIO SYSTEM RADIO Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position and press the PWR power VOL volume knob to turn the radio on If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the key should be turned to the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external influ ences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the ve hicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with s
119. TCH attachment or by the seat belt path Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the re straint in place The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm If the restraint is not secure tighten the belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles When your child restraint is not in use keep it secured with the LATCH System or a seat belt to prevent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident A CAUTION Remember that a child restraint left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the child restraint This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint lower anchor system referred to as the Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System or LATCH Some child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to these lower anchors For details see the Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System LATCH later in this section If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint the vehicle seat belts can be used See Child restraint installation using the seat belts later in this section In general child restraints are also designed to be installed with the lap portion of a lap shoulder seat belt Safety Seats seat belts and s
120. The circuits moni tored by the supplemental air bag warning light are the diagnosis sensor unit crash zone sensor satellite sensors rollover sensor front air bag modules side air bag modules curtain air bag modules pre tensioner seat belts and all related wiring 1 64 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system When the ignition key is in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag curtain air bag and pre tensioner seat belt systems need servicing The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bags and curtain air bag or pre tensioner seat belt systems may not operate properly It must be checked and re paired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag curtain air bag systems and or pre tensioner seat belt systems will not oper ate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehic
121. a maximum weight of 2 000 Ib 909 kg Class II hitch Class Il trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 3 500 Ib 1 510 kg The genuine NISSAN step bumper is considered a Class II ball mount Class Ill hitch Class Ill trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 5 000 Ib 2 272 kg Class IV hitch Class IV trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 10 000 Ib 4 545 kg A weight distributing hitch should be used to tow trailers that weigh over 5 000 Ib 2 272 kg Your vehicle may be equipped with Class IV trailer hitch equipment that has a 10 000 Ib 4 545 kg maximum weight rating but your ve hicle is only capable of towing the maximum trailer weights shown in the Towing Load Specification chart earlier in this section A CAUTION Special hitches which include frame re inforcements are required for towing above 2 000 Ib 907 kg Suitable genu ine NISSAN hitches ball mounts and hitch balls for pickup trucks and sport utility vehicles are available at a NISSAN dealer The hitch should not be attached to or affect the operation of the impact absorbing bumper e Do not use axle mounted hitches Do not modify the vehicle exhaust sys tem brake system etc to install a trailer hitch
122. a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS mal function indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approxi mately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the mal function exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alter nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replac ing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Additional information The TPMS does not monitor the tire pres sure of the spare tire The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 Starting and driving 5 3 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden d
123. able 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Front passenger seat King cab models only For the front passenger seat in the 2 passenger cargo van only install the top tether strap as follows 1 Adjust the head restraint to its highest posi tion 2 Route the top tether strap between the head restraint and the top of the seatback 3 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point on the seatback 4 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack For best child restraint fit see the child restraint installation instructions in this section and the child restraint manufacturer s instructions LRS0551 Passenger s side jump seat King cab models 1 Cover plate 2 Top tether strap routing bracket 3 Top tether strap anchor point The anchor point is located on the floor between the jump seat belt buckles in the center of the vehicle The routing bracket is located behind the cover plate under the rear window above the right passenger s side jump seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Installing top tether strap 1 Top tether strap 2 Routing bracket 3 Top tether strap anchor point AWARNING Do not secure the top tether strap to the routing bracket If the child restraint is not anchored properly the risk of a child be ing injured in a collision or a sudden stop greatly increases 1 25
124. accident Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle Do not use the gear shift in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle They could release the parking brake and cause an accident 5 18 Starting and driving To engage Pull the lever up To release 1 2 Firmly apply the foot brake Manual transmission models Place the shift lever in the N Neutral posi tion Automatic transmission models Move the shift selector lever to the P Park position While pulling up on the parking brake lever slightly push the button and lower com pletely 4 Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out CRUISE CONTROL if so equipped ACCEL RES CUOAST SET _i T eS 3 ON OFF gee CANCEL ACCEL RES switch COAST SET switch ON OFF switch 4 CANCEL switch PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL lf the cruise control system malfunctions it cancels automatically The SET indicator light in the instrument panel then blinks to warn the driver oN gt f the SET indicator light blinks turn the cruise control main switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer The SET indicator light may blink when the cruise control main switch is turned ON while pushing the ACCEL RES COAST SET or CANCEL switch located on the steering wheel To properly set the
125. acing step 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for belt routing Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 41 KS LRS0546 LRS0547 Rear Facing step 4 Rear Facing step 5 4 Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the fully extended At this time the seat belt shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt retractor is in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode It reverts to emer gency locking mode when the seat belt is fully retracted 1 42 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0683 Rear facing step 5 Remove any additional slack from the child restraint press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seat back while pulling up on the seat belt BOOSTER SEATS 8 Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more seat belt webbing out of the retractor the retractor is in the automatic locking mode 9 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 8 After the child restrain
126. ally but without anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Starting and driving 5 31 Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 6 MPH 5 10 km h When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly ap plies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is oper ating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly However the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is required while driving 5 32 Starting and driving ACTIVE BRAKE LIMITED SLIP ABLS SYSTEM if so equipped e ABLS is a form of traction control using sensors from the Anti lock Brake System ABS to transfer power from a slipping drive wheel to a wheel with more traction The ABLS system applies braking to the slipping wheel which helps redirect power to an other wheel On4WD models the ABLS system operates in both 4H and 4LO modes If 4WD mode is engaged the ABLS system will operate for both drive axles On 2WD vehicles the ABLS system operates on the drive axle only The ABLS system is always ON unless the system detects brake pad overheating If high brake pad temperatu
127. also could cause them not to function properly Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used e Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical deter gents gasoline or solvents Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun light or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be cleaned regularly Take care that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle to avoid water spots WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before re applying wax A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash ing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or clea
128. anaixa a we ew was 5 21 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock SV SIS 5 15 fa oe a Swe Se we OP 5 27 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system SWIC sA ee Ca tae ee Ra Dm ee 2 35 Emission control information label 9 11 Emission control system warranty 9 35 Engine Before starting the engine 5 10 Capacities and recommended fuel WDNCANIS se earr bows a BSR wae oe 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 9 Changing engine oil 8 10 Changing engine oil filter 8 12 Checking engine coolant level 8 8 Checking engine oil level 8 9 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 8 Engine cooling system 8 8 ENGNG Oll a 6 4 Me oe od Ee a 8 9 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Engine oil pressure warning light 2 16 Engine oil viscosity a aoaaa aaa oo 9 5 Engine serialnumber 9 10 Engine specifications 9 7 Starting the engine 5 11 Engine oil pressure gauge 2 9 Event datarecorders 9 36 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide 5 2 E Firstaid Kil siaa oaoa e E 6 2 Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch aooaa aaa 2 31 Flat iire c e o eee Bota ee eee eee oS 6 2 Floor mat positioning aid sa 0 oo 4a aca 7 4 Fluid Brake l lid as saa aae be wee a 8 14 Capacities and recommended fuel IUBNCANIS s mie ae ee
129. ance and do it yourself section of this manual fi Seat belt warning light and chime The light and chime remind you to fasten your seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition key is turned to the ON or START position and remains illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime sounds for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened The seat belt warning light may also illuminate if the front passenger s seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied For 7 seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position the system does not activate the warn ing light for the front passenger Refer to Seat belts in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section for precautions on seat belt usage Supplemental air bag warning light When the ignition switch is pushed to ONor START position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag curtain side impact air bags and pre tensioner seat belt systems need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to a NISSAN dealer The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently
130. any 1 800 450 9491 www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 1999 model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact Resolve Corporation 20770 Westwood Drive Strongsville OH 44149 1 800 247 5321 For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals for this model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact Resolve Corporation 20770 Westwood Drive Strongsville OH 44149 1 800 247 5321 For Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN Ser vice Manual or Owner s Manual please contact your nearest NISSAN dealer For the phone num ber and location of a NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN Information Center at 1 800 387 0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representa tive will assist you Also available are genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION Unfortunately accidents do occur In this unlikely event there is some important information you should know Many insurance companies routinely authorize the use of non genuine collision parts in order to cut costs among other reasons Technical and consumer information 9 37 Insist on the use of genuine NISSAN collision parts If you want your vehicle to be restored using parts made to NISSAN s original exacting specifica tions if you want to help it to last and hold its resale value the solution is simple Tell you
131. art of the vehicle for jack support Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary In case of emergency 6 5 Never use blocks on or under the jack e Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack It may cause the vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip differentials e Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack Never run the engine with a wheel s off the ground It may cause the vehicle to move Always refer to the illustration for the correct placement and jack up points for your specific vehicle model and jack type Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions 1 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground 2 Place the jack directly under the jack up The jack should be used on firm and point as illustrated so the top of the jack level ground contacts the vehicle at the jack up point The jack up points are indicated by stamped ar rows on the side of the frame 6 6 Incase of emergency 3 Install the assembled jack rod into the jack as shown 4 To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground 5 Remove the wheel nuts and then remove the tire Installing the spare tire The spar
132. as Clas sical Country or Rock Artist and song information If the station broadcasts RDS information the RDS icon is displayed Compact disc CD changer operation Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position and insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side facing up The compact disc will be guided automatically into the slot and start play ing To insert the disc first press the LOAD button If the radio is already operating it will automati cally turn off and the compact disc will play If the system has been turned off while the com pact disc was playing pressing the PWR VOL control knob will start the compact disc Do not use 3 1 in 8 cm diameter compact discs in the CD changer LOAD button To insert a CD in the CD changer press the load button for less than 1 5 seconds Select the loading slot by pressing the CD insert select button 1 6 then insert the CD To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer press the load button for more than 1 5 seconds The slot numbers 1 6 will illuminate on the display when CDs are loaded into the changer CD button When the CD button is pressed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pressed with the com pact disc loaded with the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to
133. ase is in 4H 4L or 2H and that the ATP light is off If the gf indicator light is flashing or the ATP light is ON make sure the transmission is in P Park AT and turn the 4WD switch to 2WD or 4H See Automatic transmission park warning light in the Instruments and controls section and Using four wheel drive in the Starting and driving section Turn off the engine Technical and consumer information 9 31 To drive away 1 a e P P o Start the vehicle Apply and hold the brake pedal Shift the transmission into gear Release the parking brake Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailer are clear from the blocks Apply and hold the brake pedal 7 Have someone retrieve and store the blocks 9 32 Technical and consumer information When going down a hill shift into a lower gear and use the engine braking effect When going up a long grade downshift the transmission to a lower gear and reduce speed to reduce chances of engine over loading and or overheating However for long steep grades do not stay in 1st gear when driving above 35 MPH 56 km h or 2nd gear when driving above 58 MPH 93 km h If the engine coolant rises to an extremely high temperature when the air conditioner system is on turn off the air conditioner Coolant heat can be additionally vented by opening the windows switching the fan control to high and setting the temperature control to the HOT position Trailer to
134. at See Seats earlier in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the seat belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor 1 17 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The jump seat positions three point seat belts have a locking mechanism for child restraint in stallation It is referred to as the automatic locking mode or child restraint mode When the automatic locking mechanism is acti vated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted Once retracted the seat belt is in the emergency locking mode See Child restraints later in this section for more informa tion The automatic locking mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by a passen ger the locking mode sho
135. at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce bat tery life and in some cases lead to an explosion Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 When working on or near a battery al ways wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Battery posts terminals and related ac cessories contain lead and lead com pounds Wash hands after handling e Keep battery out of the reach of children 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself 1 WDI0224 Remove the battery caps with a screwdriver as shown Use a cloth to protect the battery case Check the fluid level in each cell If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level up to the bottom of the filler opening Do not overfill Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see Jump starting in the In case of emergency section of this manual If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact a NISSAN dealer VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM A CAUTION e Do not ground accessories directly to the battery terminal Doing so will by pass the variable voltage control sys tem and the vehicle battery may no
136. ate and remain inflated for a short time These supplemental restraint systems are de signed to supplement the crash protection pro vided by the seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occupant seated a suitable dis tance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door finishers See Seat belts earlier in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational Sit upright and well back AWARNING The supplemental front air bags ordi narily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower severity frontal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section 1 50 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The seat belts and the supplemental front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and up
137. audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD ROM can reduce the file size by approximately a 10 1 ratio with 4 12 Heater air conditioner and audio systems virtually no perceptible loss in quality MP3 compression removes the redundant and irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the human ear doesn t hear WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Mi crosoft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file Sampling frequency Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D conversion per second Multisession Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once is called a multisession e ID3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist encodi
138. ay be stored in the computers for use during servicing Other data may be stored if a crash event occurs For example ve hicle speed brake application steering angle air bag readiness air bag perfor mance and seat belt use by the driver or passenger may be recorded These types of systems are sometimes called Event Data Recorders Special equipment can be used to access the electronic data that may be stored in the vehicle s computers sounds are not recorded NISSAN and NISSAN dealers have equipment to access some of this data others may also have this equipment The data may be retrieved during routine vehicle servicing or for special research It might also be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee in response to a request by law enforcement or as other wise required or permitted by law OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle Filled with wiring diagrams illustrations and step by step diagnostic and adjustment pro cedures this manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at NISSAN dealerships Also available are genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals and genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models For USA For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 2000 model year and later contact Tweddle Litho Comp
139. back The jacking equipment can be accessed from behind the passenger s side seatback AWARNING Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in serious injury in an acci dent or sudden stop SEAT BELTS ae oH AS r LA ewe S a jo y x ff jj Ki f Sit upright and well back PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad justed and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supple mental air bag Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven 1 11 AWARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Children should be properly re strained in the rear seat and if appro priate in a child restraint 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING The seat belt should be properly ad justed to a snu
140. back can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped Seat lifter if so equipped for driver s seat Turn either dial to adjust the angle and height of the seat cushion to the desired position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT if so equipped Operating tips The power seat motor has an auto reset overload protection circuit If the motor stops during operation wait 30 seconds then reactivate the switch Do not operate the power seat switch for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery Forward and backward Moving the switch forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Reclining Move the recline switch backward until the de sired angle is obtained To bring the seatback forward again move the switch forward and move your body forward The seatback will move forward 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit see Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section Also the seatback can be re clined to allow occupants to rest when the ve hicle is stopped Seat lifter driver s seat Push the front or rear end of the switch up or down to adjust the angle and h
141. backs or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag Work around and on the curtain air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or discon nected Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side air bag or cur tain air bag system The SRS wiring harness or connectors are yellow or orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the supplemental side air bag and curtain air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual 1 62 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Pre tensioner seat belt system Front seats AWARNING The pre tensioner seat belt cannot be reused after activation It must be re placed together with the retractor and buckle as a unit If the vehicle becomes involved in a frontal collision but the pre tensioner is not activated be sure to have the pre tensioner system checked and if nec essary replaced by your NISSAN dealer No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pre tensioner seat belt system This is to prevent accidental activation of the pre tensioner seat belt or damage to the pre tensioner seat belt operation Tampering with the
142. because of a malfunction A CAUTION When driving straight shift the 4WD shift switch to the 2WD or 4H position Do not move the 4WD shift switch when making a turn or reversing Do not shift the 4WD shift switch while driving on steep downhill grades Use the engine brake and low automatic transmission gears D1 or D2 or manual transmission 1st gear or 2nd gear for engine braking Do not operate the 4WD shift switch with the rear wheels spinning Before placing the 4WD shift switch in the 4H position from 2WD ensure the vehicle speed is less than 62 5 MPH 100 km h Failure to do so can dam age the 4WD system Never shift the 4WD shift switch be tween 4LO and 4H while driving 4WD shift indicator light Starting and driving 5 25 LSD0147 The 4WD shift indicator light is located in the odometer display The light should turn off within 1 second after turning the ignition switch to the ON position While the engine is running the 4WD shift indi cator light will illuminate the position selected by the 4WD shift switch The 4WD shift indicator light may blink while shifting from one drive mode to the other When the shifting is com pleted the 4WD shift indicator light will come on 5 26 Starting and driving f the 4WD warning light comes on the 4WD indicator light goes out A CAUTION If the 4WD shift indicator light indication changes to 2WD when the 4WD shift switch is shifted to the 4H p
143. ble tongue weight is greater than 15 If the calculated tongue weight is less than 10 reduce the total trailer weight to match the available tongue weight Always verify that available capacities are within the required ratings Trailer frontal area A CAUTION Exceeding the maximum trailer frontal area specification may exceed the towing capacity of the vehicle This may affect the towing performance and lead to vehicle damage The trailer frontal area affects the towing load of a trailer The frontal area is the total area of the vehicle and trailer that is affected by air resis tance while towing Do not exceed the maximum trailer frontal area specification shown in the Towing Load Specification chart The frontal area can be determined by multiplying the width of the trailer by the height of the trailer For example a trailer that is 8 feet wide by 6 feet tall has a trailer frontal area of 48 square feet TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION Po King Cab 2WD 4 cyl King Cab 2WD 6 cyl King Cab 4WD 6 cyl Crew Cab 2WD Crew Cab 4WD Towing Capacity 1 2 3 500 Ib 1 588 kg 6 500 Ib 2 949 kg 6 300 Ib 2 858 kg 6 300 Ib 2 858 kg 6 100 lb 2 767 kg Tongue Load 2 350 Ib 158 kg 650 Ib 295 kg 630 Ib 285 kg 630 Ib 285 kg 610 lb 276 kg 1 Gross Combined Weight Rating 7 936 Ib 3 600 kg 11 133 Ib 5 050 kg 11 133 Ib 5 050 kg 11 133 Ib 5 050 kg 11 133 Ib 5 050 kg Maximum trailer frontal area 60
144. brake 2 Automatic transmission Move the shift selector lever to P Park or N Neutral P Park is recommended The shift selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition key is turned to the OFF position or if the key is removed from the ignition switch The starter is designed not to operate if the shift selector lever is in any of the driving positions Manual transmission Move the shift lever to N Neutral Depress the clutch pedal to the floor while cranking the engine The starter is designed not to operate unless the clutch pedal is fully de pressed Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turning the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure f the engine is very hard to start in ex tremely cold weather or when restarting depress the accelerator pedal a little ap proximately 1 3 to the floor and hold it and then crank the engine Release the key and the accelerator pedal when the engine starts If the engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Crank the engine for 5 6 seconds After cranking the engine release the accel erator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turn ing the ignition key to START Release the key when
145. cate the cruise control system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer DIFF LOCK Cruise set switch indicator light if so equipped Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system on indicator light if so equipped This light comes on when the electronic locking rear differential E Lock system clutch is fully engaged The indicator light flashes when the system Is first turned on When the system fully engages the light remains on If the switch is on and the indicator light continues to flash the system is not engaged Instruments and controls 2 19 For additional information see Electronic lock ing rear differential E Lock system switch later in this section and Electronic locking rear differ ential E Lock system in the Starting and driv ing section of this manual GY AWD shift indicator light RY ESE model The light should turn off within 1 second after turning the ignition switch to ON While the engine is running the 4WD shift indi cator light will illuminate the position selected by the 4WD shift switch The 4WD shift indicator light may blink while shifting from one drive mode to the other se Front passenger air bag rf status light The front passenger air bag status light will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used For front passenger air bag statu
146. cause they last much longer Fol low the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Do not service platinum tipped spark plugs by cleaning or re gapping e Always replace spark plugs with rec ommended or equivalent ones AWARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely A CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to re move the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer for assistance AIR CLEANER LDIO376 Type A The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Mainte nance Guide When replacing the filter wipe the inside of the air cleaner filter housing and the cover with a damp cloth To remove the air cleaner filter Type A Loosen the screw 2 Disconnect the electrical connector 3 Push down on the clips and remove the air cleaner cover Remove the air cleaner filter Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 LDI0465 Type B To remove the air cleaner filter Type B 1 Unlatch the clips 2 Push down half of air cleaner to clear the bottom retainers 3 Lift up on half of air cleaner to remove the air cleaner filter 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself AWARNING e Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or o
147. chnical and consumer information 15 x 7 0 16 x 7 0J 17 xX 7 9 P235 75R15 P265 70R16 P265 75R16 P265 65R1 7 Full size DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Overall length Overall width Overall height With roof rack Without roof rack King cab Crew cab Front Track King cab Crew cab Rear Track King cab Crew cab Wheelbase Gross vehicle weight rating Gross axle weight rating Front Rear in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm Ib kg Ib kg Ib kg 205 5 5220 72 8 1850 74 0 1879 69 6 1 770 70 0 1 780 48 2 1225 61 8 1570 61 8 1570 61 7 1567 125 9 3200 See the F M V S S C M V S S certification label on the center pillar be tween the driver s side front and side doors WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to drive your NISSAN ve hicle in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehi cle s engine Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline There fore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for moto
148. commends that a child be placed ina commercially available booster seat if the shoul der belt in the child s seating position fits close to the face or neck or if the lap portion of the seat belt goes across the abdomen The booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the top middle por tion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Fed eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck use the shoulder belt without the booster seat AWARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo areas while the vehicle is moving The child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident or sudden stop PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as pos sible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your abdominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts Check
149. d abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident WICO771 LICO784 2nd row rear of front console Bottle holder front row To open the 2nd row cup holders rear of the front A CAUTION console lower the lid To close raise the lid Do not use bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident Do not use bottle holder for open liquid containers 2 44 Instruments and controls WIC0828 Bottle holder 2nd row Crew cab ROOF RACK if so equipped Always evenly distribute the cargo on the tubular roof rack The maximum total load is 125 Ib 56 kg evenly distributed Be careful that your vehicle does not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Ratings GAWR front and rear The GVWR and GAWR are located on the F M V S S label located on the driver s side door jamb pillar For more information regarding GVWR and GAWR refer to Vehicle loading information in the Technical and consumer information sec tion later in this manual Instruments and controls 2 45 The front crossbar can be adjusted or removed Use the Torxdriver provided in the tool kit to loosen both crossbar adjustin
150. d driving in deep wa ter or mud as your NISSAN is mainly designed for leisure use unlike a conventional off road ve hicle Remember that two wheel drive models are less capable than four wheel drive models for rough road driving and extrication when stuck in deep snow or mud or the like Please observe the following precautions AWARNING Drive carefully when off the road and avoid dangerous areas Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should be seated with their seat belt fastened This will keep you and your passengers in position when driving over rough terrain e Do not drive across steep slopes In stead drive either straight up or straight down the slopes Off road vehicles can tip over sideways much more easily than they can forward or backward Many hills are too steep for any vehicle If you drive up them you may stall If you drive down them you may not be able to control your speed If you drive across them you may roll over Do not shift gears while driving on downhill grades as this could cause loss of control of the vehicle Stay alert when driving to the top of a hill At the top there could be a drop off or other hazard that could cause an accident If your engine stalls or you cannot make it to the top of a steep hill never at tempt to turn around Your vehicle could tip or roll over Always back straight down in R Reverse gear Never back down in N Neutral or with the clutch
151. dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat properly See Precau tions on Seat Belt Usage later in this section After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system FRONT MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENT if so equipped Forward and backward Pull the lever up and hold it while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the lever to lock the seat in position Reclining To recline the seatback pull the lever up and lean back To bring the seatback forward pull the lever up and lean your body forward Release the lever to lock the seatback in position The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section Also the seat
152. ding the transmitter in another position keeping the indicator light in view at all times If you continue to have programming difficulties please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department The phone numbers are located in the Foreword of this manual CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED INFORMATION Individual buttons cannot be cleared However to clear all programming press and hold the two outside buttons and release when the indicator light begins to flash approximately 20 seconds REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HOMELINK BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Transceiver button complete the following 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink but ton Do not release the button until step 4 has been completed 2 When the indicator light begins to flash slowly after 20 seconds position the hand held transmitter 1 3 inches 26 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface 3 Press and hold the hand held transmitter button 4 The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly release both buttons The HomeLink Universal Transceiver button has now been reprogrammed The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that was just programmed This procedure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink buttons IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that
153. driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pres sure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions be low Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park ona level surface and apply the parking brake Shift the manual transmission into R Reverse or the automatic transmission into P Park
154. dures As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 Wheel nut tightening torque 98 ft lb 133 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tight ened to specifications at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each tire rotation interval AWARNING e After rotating the tires check and adjust the tire pressure Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e Do not include the spare tire in the tire rotation For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself ap 2 Wear indicator Location mark Tire wear and damage AWARNING Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bulg ing or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When the wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be ob vious Replace the tires as neces sary to prev
155. e Satellite radio can only be installed in vehicles that were factory pre wired for satellite radio Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If satellite radio is not operational then the RADIO button is used to toggle between AM and FM bands If a compact disc is playing when the RADIO button is pushed the compact disc will automati cally be turned off and the last radio station played will come on The FM stereo indicator ST will glow during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception lt lt gt p CAT FOLDER tuning button To manually tune the radio press the CAT FOLDER button 44 or PP or turn the tun ing knob to right or left To move quickly through the channels press and hold either the 44 or PP button down for more than 1 5 seconds i SEEK TRACK tuning button Press the SEEK TRACK button M or Pl for less than 1 5 seconds to tune from high to low or low to high frequencies and stop at the next broadcasting station To seek quickly through the channels press and hold the SEEK TRACK button for more than 1 5 4 22 Heater air conditioner and audio systems seconds When the button is released the radio will seek to the next broadcasting station SCAN RPT tuning Type A B and D only Press the SCAN RPT button for more than 1 5 seconds to stop at each broadcasting station AM
156. e They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide AWARNING e Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is danger ous It can cause unconsciousness or death 5 2 Starting and driving If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all win dows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the lift gate and rear windows closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passen ger compartment If you must drive with the lift gate or rear windows open fol low these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the air recirculation but ton if so equipped to off and the fan control dial to 4 high to circulate the air If electrical wiring or other cable con nections must pass to a trailer
157. e 4LO position ZEZJ model or when the vehicle dynamic control system is not functioning properly This indicates the vehicle dy namic control system is not operating Push the vehicle dynamic control off switch again or restart the engine and the system will operate normally See Vehicle dynamic control VDC system in the Starting and driving section of this manual The vehicle dynamic control light also comes on when you turn the ignition key to the ON position The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if the system is operational If the light stays on or comes on along with the SLIP indicator light while you are driving have the vehicle dynamic control system checked by a NISSAN dealer If the battery is removed or discharged the ve hicle dynamic control system is disabled and the VDC indicator light will not turn off after 2 sec onds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position To reset the system you must perform the reset procedure Refer to Vehicle dynamic control VDC system in the Starting and driv ing section of this manual If the light does not go off after performing the reset procedure have the traction control system checked by a NISSAN dealer While the vehicle dynamic control system is op erating you might feel slight vibration or hear the system working when starting the vehicle or ac celerating but this is normal The VDC system will be disabled and the VDC
158. e dynamic control off indicator light may illuminate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than the recom mended ones are used the vehicle dy namic control system may not operate properly and the vehicle dynamic con trol off indicator light may come on The vehicle dynamic control system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road Starting and driving 5 33 HILL DESCENT CONTROL SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING Never rely solely on the hill descent control system to control vehicle speed when driving on steep down hill grades Always drive carefully and attentively when using the hill descent control sys tem and decelerate the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal if neces sary Be especially careful when driving on frozen muddy or an extremely steep downhill roads Failure to control ve hicle speed may result in a loss of con trol of the vehicle and possible serious injury or death The hill descent control may not control the vehicle speed on a hill under all load or road conditions Always be prepared to depress the brake pedal to control vehicle speed Failure to do so may re sult in a collision or serious personal injury The hill descent control system helps maintain vehicle speed when driving under 15 21 mph 25 35 km h on steeper downhill grades Hill descent control is useful when engine b
159. e impact and rollover air bags system if so equipped The supplemental side impact air bags are lo cated in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The supplemental curtain side impact and rollover air bags are located in the side roof rails These systems are designed to meet voluntary guidelines to help reduce the risk of injury to out of position occupants However all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact and rollover air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions Curtain side impact and rollover air bags are also designed to inflate in certain types of rollover collisions or near rollovers As a result certain vehicle movements for example during severe off roading may cause the airbags to inflate Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact and rollover air bag operation When the supplemental side air bag and curtain air bags inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be take
160. e is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken to not inhale it as it may cause Irritation and chok ing Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Supplemental front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the face and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with NISSAN advanced air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and pas Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system senger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The supplemental front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the front air bag module during inflation The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision The supplemental front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational 1 57 Front passe
161. e of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such 1 58 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system as children by requiring the air bag to be auto matically turned OFF Certain sensors are used to meet the requirements One sensor used is the occupant classification sensor pressure sensor It is in the bottom of the front passenger seat cushion and is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat by weight It works together with seat belt sensors described later For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the advanced air bag sys tem is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regula tions is on the seat its weight and the child s weight can be detected and cause the air bag to turn OFF Occupant classification sensor opera tion can vary depending on the front passenger seat belt sensors The front passenger seat belt sensors are de signed to detect if the seat belt is buckled and the amount of tension on the seat belt such as when it is in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode Based on the weight on the seat detected by the occupant classification sensor and the belt tension detected on the seat belt the advanced air bag system determines whether the front pas senger air bag should be automa
162. e only SAE class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are de signed to meet the minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufac turer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully load ing your vehicle when using tire chains In addi tion drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress Use only the 2WD range when driving on clear paved roads WD10258 CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation NISSAN recommends rotating the tires every 7 500 miles 12 000 km See Flat tire in the In case of emer gency section in this manual for tire re placing proce
163. e three way catalyst Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle lim ited warranty For additional information see Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section RECOMMENDED ENGINE OIL Engine oil with API Certification Mark Viscosity SAE 5W 30 See Engine oil and oil filter recommendation in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual TIRE COLD PRESSURE See Tire and Loading Information label RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURE During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations outlined in the BREAK IN SCHEDULE information found in the Starting and driving section of this manual Follow these recommendations for the future re liability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in vehicle damage or shortened engine life QUICK REFERENCE ool OS gt Battery 8 15 Power steering fluid 8 13 Engine coolant 8 8 Window washer fluid 8 15 Automatic transmission fluid 8 13 Heater and air conditioner 4 2 Audio system 4 10 Passenger supplemental air bag1 49 Spare tire 6 2 Fuel filler cap 3 10 Fuel recommendations 9 3 Seat belts 1 11 Door locks 3 3 Drive
164. e tire is designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be tween the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight 3 With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly as illustrated until they are tight In case of emergency 6 7 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence illustrated Lower the ve hicle completely AWARNING Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve hicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 98 ft lb 133 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval 6 8 Incase of emergency Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After vehicle has been pa
165. e to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm If it does move more than 1 inch 25 mm pull again on the anchor attachments to further tighten the child restraint If you are unable to properly secure the restraint move the restraint to another seating position and try again or try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 5 LRS0674 Rear facing step 4 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 2 through 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS FRONT PASSENGER AND REAR BENCH SEAT crew cab models only AWARNING Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger seat Supplemental front air bags inflate with great force A rear facing child restraint could be struck by the supplemental front air bag in a crash and could seri ously injure or kill your child 1 31 e NISSAN recommends that child re straints be installed in the rear seat However if you must install a forward facing child restraint in the front pas senger seat move the passenger seat to the rearmost position Also be sure the front passenger air bag status light is illuminated to indicate the passenger air bag
166. e to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing proce dure please contact a NISSAN dealer 1 om LPDO209 HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Locking doors 1 Close all windows 2 Remove the key from the ignition switch 3 4 Push the button on the keyfob All Close the hood and all doors the doors lock The hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once to indicate all doors are locked When the button is pushed with all doors locked the hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once as a reminder that the doors are already locked If a door is open and you push the button the doors will lock The horn may or may not beep Refer to Silenc A 4 ing the horn beep feature later in this section for details but the horn will not beep and the hazard lights will not flash LPDO210 Unlocking doors Push the M button on the keyfob once Only the driver s door unlocks The hazard warning lights flash once if all doors are completely closed with the ignition key in any position except the ON position The interior lights illuminate for 30 seconds when the interior light switch is in the normal operation position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 Pushthe button on the keyfob again within 5 seconds All doors unlock The hazard warning lights flash once if all doors are completely closed The interior lights can be turned o
167. e truck bed Properly store the channel protectors Loosen the bolt on the center of the end stopper with the provided wrench and insert it into the channel Position the end stopper to the desired lo cation on the channel so the nubs on the bottom of the end stopper fully seat into the channel detents Tighten the bolt on the center of the end stopper with the provided wrench LOADING TIPS The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or colli sion unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could oc cur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause per sonal injury ing distances This may cause a premature tire failure which could result in a serious accident and personal injury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the _ vehicle s warranty Technical and consumer information 9 21 TRUCK CAMPER LOADING INFORMATION CREW CAB MODELS Crew Cab models should not be used to carry a slide in camper KING CAB MODELS This information is provided for you to properly in
168. e you can change the 4WD transfer case between 4H and 4LO When driving on rough roads Set the 4WD shift switch to 4H or 4LO Drive carefully according to the road surface conditions When the vehicle is stuck Set the 4WD shift switch to 4H or 4LO Use the Electronic Locking Rear Differential E Lock system if so equipped Turn the switch ON while the vehicle is stationary and apply the throttle to try to free the vehicle If it is difficult to free the vehicle rock the vehicle back and forth between reverse and drive gears If the vehicle is stuck deep in mud place stones or wooden blocks under the tires Then try the recovery procedures above Tire chains may be effective A CAUTION Do not spin the tires excessively Tires will sink deep into the mud making it difficult to free the vehicle Avoid shifting gears with the engine running at high speeds as this may cause malfunction 4WD shift switch operations Shift the 4WD shift switch to either the 2WD 4H or 4LO position depending on driving conditions If the 4WD shift switch is operated while making a turn accelerating or deceler ating or if the key switch is turned off while in the 4H or 4LO position you may feel a jolt This is not abnormal When the vehicle is stopped after making a turn you may feel a slight jolt after the selector lever is shifted to N or P This occurs because the transfer clutch is re leased and not
169. ec onds To program your hand held transmitter to HomeLink continue to press and hold the HomeLink button note steps 2 4 under Pro gramming HomeLink while you press and re press cycle your hand held transmitters every 2 seconds until the indicator light flashes rapidly indicating successful programming NOTE When programming a garage door opener etc it is advised to unplug the device dur ing the cycling process to prevent pos sible damage to the garage door opener components OPERATING THE HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER The HomeLink Universal Transceiver once pro grammed may now be used to activate the ga rage door etc To operate simply press the ap propriate programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver button The red indicator light will illuminate while the signal is being transmitted PROGRAMMING TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS If the HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand held transmitter information replace the hand held transmitter batteries with new batteries position the hand held transmitter with its battery area facing away from the HomeLink surface press and hold both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons without inter ruption position the hand held transmitter 1 3 inches 26 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface Hold the transmitter in that position for up to 15 seconds If HomeLink is not programmed within that time try hol
170. echanical condition as well as its emission and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance Is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives proper maintenance You are a vital link in the mainte nance chain Scheduled maintenance For your convenience both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance Is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals General maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day op eration They are essential for proper vehicle op eration It is your responsibility to perform these maintenance procedures regularly as prescribed 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by you a qualified technician or if you prefer a NISSAN dealer Where to go for service If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and corrected by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists who are kept up to date with the latest service information through techn
171. ection of this manual MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modification could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or per formance problems resulting from modi fications may not be covered under NISSAN warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options available on this model Therefore you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications or design without notice and with out obligation IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways AWARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely A CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moder ate personal injury or damage to your ve hicle To avoid or reduce the risk the pro cedures must be followed carefully If you see this symbol it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen lt Le If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra tion it means the arrow points to the fr
172. ed by crosswinds rough road surfaces or passing trucks AWARNING Trailer hitch components have specific weight ratings Your vehicle may be ca pable of towing a trailer heavier than the weight rating of the hitch components Never exceed the weight rating of the hitch components Doing so can cause serious personal injury or property damage Technical and consumer information 9 27 Hitch ball Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and weight rating for your trailer The required hitch ball size is stamped on most trailer couplers Most hitch balls also have the size printed on the top of the ball Choose the proper class hitch ball based on the trailer weight The diameter of the threaded shank of the hitch ball must be matched to the ball mount hole diameter The hitch ball shank should be no more than 1 16 smaller than the hole in the ball mount The threaded shank of the hitch ball must be long enough to be properly secured to the ball mount There should be at least 2 threads showing beyond the lock washer and nut Ball mount The hitch ball is attached to the ball mount and the ball mount is inserted into the hitch receiver Choose a proper class ball mount based on the trailer weight Additionally the ball mount should be chosen to keep the trailer tongue level with the ground 9 28 Technical and consumer information Bumper towing The genuine NISSAN step bumper has provi sions to install
173. ed in the front seat 2 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seat back If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct child restraint fit See Head restraint adjust ment in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the child restraint is removed If the seating position does not have an adjustable head re straint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a dif ferent child restraint WRS0680 Front facing step 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing LRSO667 Front facing step 4 Pull on the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the automatic locking mode child re straint mode It reverts to emergency lock ing mode when the seat belt is fully re tracted Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 33 LRSO668 WRS0681 Front facing step 5 Front facing step 6 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the 6 Remove any additional slack from
174. ed through BI LEVEL Air passed through DEFOGGING fa i heater core HEATING fa R _ heater core HK led HIS E Teen Fan control Temperature Air flow Fan contro Temperature Air flow dial conis dial coe da 7 dial aaa dial Air conditioner Air recirculation S Air recirculation button button u button Air Air flow Temp Fan Temp Fan control control control ee control control a HOT HOT Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 7 Sg HEATING a amp Ae paes d throigh A A yea i Siar yore fd x enn Temperature Air flow control dial control dial D J A ener eet g So 4 H 4 Air conditioner Air recirculation button Ai Air A C Air ow Temp Fan HOT RIGHT 4 OFF 4 8 Heater air conditioner and audio systems HEATING amp ox 7 Air passed through DEFROSTING _ a is heater core DEFOGGING iss in ow fo fi wm Fan control Temperature Air flow dial control dial control dial f ASN in OC ye E y K ine Air conditioner Air recirculation button button Air Airflow Temp Fan i i TE HOT SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve COOLING lt Air notpassed hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with through heater core the environment in mind This refrigerant does not harm the earth s ozone layer Special charging equipment and lubricant is re quired when servicing your NI
175. edal fully shift into the appropriate gear then release the clutch slowly and smoothly To ensure smooth gear changes fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift lever If the clutch pedal is not fully depressed before the transmission is shifted a gear noise may be heard Transmission damage could occur Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift to 2nd 3rd 4th 5th and 6th gear in sequence according to vehicle speed LSD0148 6 speed To back up depress the shift lever and then move it to the R Reverse position after stopping the vehicle completely On the 5 speed manual transmission model you cannot shift directly from the 5th gear into R Reverse First shift into N Neutral then in to R Reverse after stopping the vehicle completely If it is difficult to move the shift lever into R Reverse or 1 First shift into N Neutral then release the clutch pedal Fully depress the clutch pedal again and shift into R Reverse or 1 First If your vehicle is equipped with 4 wheel drive see Transfer case shifting procedures later in this section Suggested upshift speeds The following are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear These suggestions relate to fuel economy and vehicle performance Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions the weather and individual driving habits For QR25DE two wheel drive models GEAR CHANGE MPH km h 1st to 2nd 11
176. ee remote keyless entry system 3 6 L Labels Air conditioner specification label 9 11 C M V S S certification label 9 10 Emission control information label 9 11 Engine serialnumber 9 10 F M V S S certification label 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN Hlal a pir oe We ee ee BY 9 9 Warning labels for SRS 1 64 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System 004 1 22 License plate Installing the license plate 9 12 Light Air bag warning light 1 64 2 19 Brake light See stop light 2 8 29 Bulb check instrument panel 2 15 Bulb replacement a noaa aaa 8 29 Charge warning light 2 16 Fog ight SWICK 5 2 4 8 6 0 w 2 a a Gok eo 2 31 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 27 Headlight control switch 2227 Plesdiigiile s o a s mom 5 0 48 wet we oar a 8 28 Interior NOM ae a ae adm a eh we a 2 51 LiGht DUIDS s s scra toe week ew 8 28 Low tire pressure warning light 2 17 Low washer fluid warning light 2 18 Passenger air bag and status light 1 58 Personal lights 2 52 Security indicator light 2 21 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 14 Lights Map lighis a s scia act de ae ow 2 52 Lock Child safety rear door lock 3 6 Door locks sess ambdos oe a a a Gea 3 3 Power door locks
177. eeze so lution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors Ad ditional engine cooling system additives are not necessary AWARNING Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator See precautions in If your vehicle overheats found in the In case of emergency section of this manual The radiator is equipped with a pres sure type radiator cap To prevent en gine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself A CAUTION When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only a Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or equivalent with the proper mixture ratio of 50 anti freeze and 50 demineralized or distilled water The use of other types of coolant solutions or coolant colors such as or ange may damage the engine cooling system Demineral ized or dis tilled water Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Outside temperature down to Coolant or equivalent LDI0436 Type A CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below the MIN level add coolant to the MAX level If the reservoir is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill t
178. eight of the seat cushion Lumbar support if so equipped for JUMP SEAT King cab driver s seat WARNING The lumbar support feature provides lower back A support to the driver Move the lever forward or Do not use a child restraint in the driv backward to adjust the seat lumbar area er s side jump seat This seating posi tion is not suitable for child restraint installation A child restraint can be in stalled in the passenger s side jump seat when the seat extension is un folded from the seat base When folding the jump seat be careful not to squeeze your finger between the seat cushion and the body side Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 WRS0213 HEAD RESTRAINT ADJUSTMENT To raise the head restraint pull it up To lower push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down The head restraints on the rear seats are remov able AWARNING Head restraints should be adjusted prop erly as they may provide significant pro tection against injury in an accident Do not remove them Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Adjust the head restraint so the center is level with the center of your ears 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINT front seats AWARNING Always adjust the head restraints prop erly as specified in this section Failure to do so can reduce the effectiveness
179. el lubricants earlier in this section NISSAN recommends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certification or Interna tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval API service symbol Committee ILSAC certification and SAE vis cosity standard These oils have the API certifica tion mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not neces sary when the proper oil type is used and main tenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important to select the engine oil viscosity based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be oper ated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When re placing use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in Change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for you
180. elf The engine oil may be hot Waste oil must be disposed of prop or ce WA Yl Ss Vi PNowr RSN T i ri WDI0501 QR25DE If the oil filter is to be changed remove and replace it at this time See Changing engine oil filter later in this section AWARNING Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep used engine oil out of reach of children erly Check your local regulations 6 Clean and reinstall the drain plug and a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Do not use excessive force Drain plug tightening torque 22 29 ft lb 29 39 N m Refill engine with recommended oil through the oil filler opening then install the oil filler cap securely See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and con sumer information section of this manual for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine when the proper amount of oil is in the engine Start the engine Check for leakage around the drain plug and oil filter Correct as re quired Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 WDI0502 VQ40DE CHANGING ENGINE OI
181. en stop or colli sion unsecured cargo could cause per sonal injury Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury The Utili track channel system allows you to move tie down clamps in the bed to the best location to secure a load The tie down cleats must be installed so the clamp is properly seated in the notches in the rail If the tie down cleat is not seated in the notches it will not be flush with the rail and cannot be properly tightened The bolt in the center of the cleat must be tightened hand tight 20 40 inch pounds Check the tightness of the tie down cleat peri odically during a trip to make sure the center bolt has not become loose Install the tie down cleat as follows 1 Remove the channel protectors by sliding them out the back of the truck bed Properly store the channel protectors 2 Loosen the center bolt completely 3 Insert the cleat into the channel perpendicu lar to the channel as shown Then rotate the cleat clockwise 90 and slide it to the de sired location 4 Position the cleat so the nubs on the bottom fully seat into the channel detents Technical and consumer information 9 17 5 There should be no gap between the bottom of the cleat and the top of the channel Tighten the center bolt hand tight 20 40 inch pounds 9 18 Tec
182. ent tire failure and possible personal injury Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious personal in jury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact a NISSAN dealer For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped Recommended types and sizes are shown in Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING The use of tires other than those recom mended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling ground clearance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these ef fects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury If the wheels are changed for any rea son always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimension Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade ve hicle handling characteristics and or interference with the brake discs drums Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad shoe
183. er s and pas senger s side windows driver and passen ger 2 or center 3 ventilators by moving the ventilator slide and or ventilator assemblies e Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up 4 2 Heater air conditioner and audio systems Fan control dial Temperature control dial Air flow control dial Air conditioner button if so equipped Rear window defrost button if so equipped 6 Air recirculation button CONTROLS Fan control dial ee a ae The fan control dial turns the fan on and off and controls fan speed Air flow control dial The air flow control dial allows you to select the air flow outlets MAX Air flows from center and side A C vents with maximum cooling air conditioning ps Air flows from center and side M ventilators w4 Air flows from center and side ventilators and the front and rear floor outlets 4 Air flows mainly from the front and rear floor outlets iw Air flows from defroster outlets and the front and rear floor outlets 7 Air flows mainly from defroster outlets The air flow control dial also has intermediate positions which allow the air flow to be distrib uted between 2 of the icon positions on the air flow control dial Temperature control dial The temperature control dial allows you to adjust the temperature of the ou
184. er switch 2 31 Head restraints 00 000 1 6 Active Head Restraint 1 6 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 27 Headlight control switch 2 27 FHesdlohts s aora a ae a e a h oe 8 28 Heated seats aooaa aaa 2 33 Heater Heater and air conditioner controls 4 2 Heater operation 4 4 Hill descent control switch 2 34 Hill descent control system 5 34 Hill start assist HSA system 5 34 HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 52 Hoodrelease a eee 3 9 FION te a ar eae amp ek ee oe a GO a wee 2 32 l lonion SWICK e a s a eae a oa 5 8 Immobilizer system 2 25 3 2 5 10 Important vehicle information label 9 10 In cabin microfilter 008 4 8 20 Increasing fuel economy 5 21 Indicator lights and audible reminders See warning indicator lights and audible reminders 004 9 14 Inside automatic anti glare mirror 3 13 Inside mirror 2 ee ee 3 13 Instrument brightness control 2 30 Instrument panel 0 6 2 3 Instrument panel dimmer switch 2 30 IATCHIORMGING s s sor e mna a ww eB aw Se a 2 51 ISOFIX child restraints 1 22 J Jump seat 2 2 00000 ee eee 1 5 Jump SANO e e oo of a a he ae ew ew G 6 8 K DC gee Sg ee tee th es ee EEEE 3 2 Keyfob battery replacement 8 27 Keyless entry system S
185. erature control dial to the de sired position For quick cooling when the outside tem perature is high push the 72 button to the on position indicator light on Be sure to return the CS button to the off position for normal cooling Dehumidified heating This mode is used to heat and dehumidify the air 1 Push the 7 amp 2 button to the off position 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the Fad position Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 5 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Push the 47 comes on button The indicator light 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Dehumidified defogging This mode is used to defog the windows and dehumidify the air 1 Turn the air flow control dial to the GY position 2 Turn the fan control dial to the desired position 3 Push the button The indicator light comes on When the Y or positions in between are selected the air conditioner automatically turns on however the indicator light will not illuminate if the outside temperature is more than 36 F 2 C The air conditioning system will con tinue to operate until the fan control dial is turned to OFF or the vehicle is shut off even if the air flow control dial is turned to a position other than the 7 position This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The amp gt mode automatically turns off allowing outside air to be
186. ering fluid PSF Brake and clutch fluid Multi purpose grease Air conditioning system refrigerant Air conditioning system oil Transfer fluid Front final drive oil Rear final drive oil except 6 speed MT and O R vehicles Rear final drive oil 6 speed MT and O R vehicles only Windshield washer fluid 1 For further details see Fuel recommendation 2 For further details see Engine oil and oil filter recommendations Capacity Approximate US measure Imp measure Liter 21 1 8gal 17 5 8 gal 80 5 1 8 at 4 3 8 qt 4 9 4 7 8 qt 4 qt 4 6 5 3 8 at 4 1 2 qt 5 1 5 1 8 qt 4 1 4 qt 4 8 2 1 2 gal 2 1 8 gal 9 4 2 3 4 gal 2 1 4 gal 10 2 3 qt 2 1 2 qt 2 89 4 1 4 qt 3 1 2 qt 3 98 4 3 8 qt 3 5 8 qt 4 18 Refill to the proper level according to the instructions in the Maintenance and do it yourself section 1 1 4 gal 1 gal 4 5 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI RON 91 1 Engine oil with API Certification Mark 2 Viscosity SAE 5W 30 Engine oil with API Certification Mark 2 Viscosity SAE 5W 30 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent 50 Demineralized or distilled water Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid MTF HQ Multi 75W 85 or API GL 4 Viscosity SAE 75W 85 Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid MTF HQ Multi 75W 85 or API GL 4 Viscosity SAE 75W 85 or 75W 90 Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF 3 Genuine NISSAN PSF or equ
187. es if so equipped SRS curtain side impact and rollover air bag if so equipped Diagnosis sensor unit Supplemental front air bag modules Crash zone sensor Occupant classification system control unit Occupant classification sensor pressure sensor Satellite sensors Seat belt buckle switches Pre tensioner retractor Supplemental side air bag modules if so equipped NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System front seats This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN ad vanced air bag system for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U S regu lations It is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warn ings in this manual still apply and must be followed The driver supplemental front air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel The passenger supplemental front air bag is mounted in the dashboard above the glove box The supplemen tal front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may in flate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supplemental front air bag system operation The NISSAN advanced air bag system has dual stage inflators It also monitors information from the crash zone sensor the diagnosi
188. es except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires Is significantly under inflated The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not de tect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For more details refer to Low tire pres sure warning light in the Instruments and controls section Tire Pressure Monitor ing System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and Flat tire in the In case of emergency section Tire inflation pressure Check the tire pressures including the spare often and always prior to long dis tance trips The recommended tire pres sure specifications are shown on the F M V S S C M V S S label or the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Inflation Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because Most tires naturally lose air over time Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds Incorrect tire pressure including un der
189. esired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Push and hold the COAST SET switch Re lease the switch when the vehicle slows to the desired speed Push and release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed de creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the ACCEL RES switch The vehicle re turns to the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h BREAK IN SCHEDULE A CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and en sure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in short ened engine life and reduced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow and do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles 800 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY csa USING FOUR WHEEL DRIVE 4WD Accelerate slowly and smoothly Maintain e Use 4H or 4L position only when A WARNING cruising speeds with a constant accelerator necessary Four wheel drive operation low position ers fuel economy e For 4WD equipped vehicles do not at tempt to raise two wheels off the
190. estraint fit See Head restraint adjustment in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the child restraint is removed If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRSO664 Front facing rigid mounted step 2 interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child re straint LRSO671 Front facing step 4 4 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point See Top tether strap child restraint in this section WRS0697 Front facing step 6 6 Before placing the child in the child restraint hold the child restraint near the LATCH at tachment and use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 in 25 mm If it does move more than 1 in 25 mm pull again on t
191. etting the trip odometer Pushing the change button for more than 1 sec ond resets the trip odometer to zero TRIP COMPUTER if so equipped The display of the trip computer is situated in the speedometer display When the ignition is turned to ON the display scrolls all the modes of the trip computer and then shows the mode chosen be fore the ignition switch was turned OFF When the ignition switch is turned to ON modes of the trip computer can be selected by pushing the trip computer change button The following modes can be selected Distance to empty dte mile or km The distance to empty dte mode provides you with an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling The dte is constantly be ing calculated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption The display is updated every 30 seconds The dte mode includes a low range warning feature when the fuel level is low the dte mode is automatically selected and the digits blink in or der to draw the driver s attention Press the change button if you wish to return to the mode that was selected before the warning occurred The dte mark dte will remain blinking until the vehicle is refueled When the fuel level drops even lower the dte display will change to NOTE If the amount of fuel added while the ignition switch is OFF is small the dis play just before the ignition switch is turned OFF may co
192. event possible damage to driveline components from extended use Do not drive over 12 MPH 20 km h when the system is engaged Doing so could result in possible damage to the driveline Do not turn on the E lock system while the tires are spinning Doing so could damage drivetrain components Instruments and controls 2 35 CLUTCH INTERLOCK clutch start SWITCH if so equipped CLUTCH START a AWARNING Pay special attention to your surround ings when using the clutch interlock switch The vehicle will move forward or backward according to the gear selected The clutch interlock clutch start switch allows for starting the engine without depressing the clutch pedal This feature helps you restart the engine if it stops under difficult conditions For example the engine stops on a steep hill and a slight movement forward or backward might be dangerous 2 36 Instruments and controls 6 Press and To use the clutch interlock switch i 2 Depress the brake pedal with your right foot Set the parking brake 3 Place the gear shift lever in the 1 position to move forward or R to move backward Place your left foot on the brake pedal and release the parking brake 5 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position release the clutch interlock switch The CANCEL light on the switch will illuminate Turn the ignition to the START position to start the engine and at the same time de press the
193. everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is Important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment flu ids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not in clude passengers and cargo GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle pas sengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is lo cated on the F M V S S C M V S S label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This informa tion Is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label GCWR Gross Combined Weight rating The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the ve hicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be in cluded as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label if
194. evices and transmitters may temporarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illu minate Some examples are Facilities or electric devices using similar radio frequencies are near the vehicle If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle lf a computer or similar equipment or a DC AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause undes ired operation of the device ON PAVEMENT AND OFF ROAD DRIVING PRECAUTIONS Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles They have higher ground clearance than passen ger cars to make them capable of performing ina variety of on pavement and off road applications This gives them a higher center of gravity than ordinary cars An advantage of higher ground clearance is a better view of the road allowing you to anticipate problems However they are not designed for cornering at the same speeds
195. eweeesemed Increasing fuel ECONOMY 6 cece eee eens ESI Using four wheel drive 4WD Transfer case shifting procedures Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system if so equipped co accsdee nckeosd seeaceddcnce ances Parking parking on NillSincsc lt 2ccece ene eeew de eaxec ne Power steelihg euco00cusadneencuceeseeee enn tee dere Drako Cyst vente ede dnetneaceenesdeaeeees ec beees Brake precautions lt lt s2tecstcawesscesdieeavcee Anti lock Braking System ABS 05 Active brake limited slip ABLS system if so equipped bn moncacucs curncoeeeadeeieeduntoad Vehicle dynamic control VDC system iP SO eqUIDDCO 24 ciscuvexcdccencie busters scenes Hill descent control system if so equipped Hill start assist HSA system if so equipped Cold weather driving 0eeee cece eee eee Freeing a frozen door lock 0 cece eee AM NOCO narri chetttantnbetoreetudewenseeeeans Bae once E E E E E TA Draining of coolant water 0000e eee Tire GQUIDMENTS o2c2c cc2cecdectedgeeseghescess Special winter equipment 2 00200ee 5 36 Engine block heater if so equipped 5 36 Driving On SNOW OTF ICG 2 022 eters ees esmnse nie 5 36 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING AWARNING e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alon
196. f the trailer must also pass the other vehicle before you can safely change lanes Down shift the transmission to a lower gear for engine braking when driving down steep or long hills This will help slow the vehicle without applying the brakes To maintain engine braking efficiency and electrical charging performance do not use overdrive Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently This could cause the brakes to overheat resulting in reduced braking efficiency Increase your following distance to allow for greater stopping distances while towing a trailer Anticipate stops and brake gradually Do not use cruise control while towing a trailer Some states or provinces have specific regulations and speed limits for vehicles that are towing trailers Obey the local speed limits Check your hitch trailer wiring harness con nections and trailer wheel lug nuts after 50 miles 80 km of travel and at every break When stopped in traffic for long periods of time in hot weather put the vehicle in the P Park position When launching a boat don t allow the wa ter level to go over the exhaust tail pipe or rear bumper Make sure you disconnect the trailer lights before backing the trailer into the water or the trailer lights may burn out When towing a trailer final drive gear oil should be replaced and transmission oil fluid should be changed more fre quently For additional information see the
197. face With the ignition on and the doors closed allow the vehicle to stand for several minutes so that it can level 2 Measure the height of a reference point on the front and rear bumpers at the center of the vehicle 3 Attach the trailer to the vehicle and adjust the hitch equalizers so that the front bumper height is within O 5 inches 0 13 mm of the reference height measured in step 2 The rear bumper should be no higher than the reference height measured in step 2 AWARNING Properly adjust the weight distributing hitch so the rear of the bumper is no higher than the measured reference height when the trailer is attached If the rear bumper is higher than the measured reference height when loaded the vehicle may handle unpredictably which could cause a loss of vehicle control and cause serious personal injury or property damage Sway control device Sudden maneuvers wind gusts and buffeting caused by other vehicles can affect trailer han dling Sway control devices may be used to help control these affects If you choose to use one contact a reputable trailer hitch supplier to make sure the sway control device will work with the vehicle hitch trailer and the trailer s brake sys tem Follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer for installing and using the sway control device Class hitch Class trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of
198. ff without wait ing 30 seconds by inserting the key into the ignition and turning to the ON or START position locking the doors with the keyfob or pushing the interior light switch to the OFF position Auto relock When the M button onthe keyfob is pushed all doors will lock automatically within 1 minute unless one of the following operations is per formed Any door is opened A key is inserted into the ignition switch and the key is turned from OFF to ON 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pushing and holding the M button on the keyfob for longer than 0 5 second The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds The panic alarm stops when it has run for 25 seconds or any button is pushed on the keyfob Silencing the horn beep feature LPD0262 If desired the horn beep feature can be deacti vated using the keyfob To deactivate Press and hold the and buttons for at least 2 seconds The hazard warning lights will flash three times to confirm that the horn beep feature has been deactivated To activate Press and hold the and buttons for at least 2 seconds once more The hazard warning lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature has been reactivated Deactivating the horn beep feature does not
199. fter parking the vehicle on a level surface with the engine off Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes immediately have the exhaust system inspected by a NISSAN dealer See the carbon monoxide warning in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected imme diately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level when the fluid is cold with the engine off Check the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances from the underbody otherwise rust may form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody s
200. fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 gallons 11 4 liters of fuel in the fuel tank SERV After a few driving trips the ENGINE light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists If this indicator light comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control sys tem inspection maintenance test See Readi ness for inspection maintenance I M test in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual Operation The malfunction indicator light will come on in one of two ways Malfunction indicator light on steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected Check the fuel filler cap If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The se light should turn off after a few driving trips Ifthe SMF light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer Malfunction indicator light blinking An en gine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To re duce or avoid emission control system dam age do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h avoid hard acceleratio
201. g GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See Measurement of Weights later in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures See the Tire and Loading Informa tion label SECURING THE LOAD For your convenience tie down hooks if so equipped are placed at each corner of the truck box These may be used to help secure cargo loaded into the truck box AWARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury Technical and consumer information 9 15 Side channels Header channel Channel sections 4 Floor channels UTILI TRACK CHANNEL SYSTEM if so equipped oN gt 9 16 Technical and consumer information AWARNING e Properly install and tighten the tie down cleats into the Utili track chan nel system Also do not attach any rope or straps directly to the channel Failure to properly install the tie down cleats or attaching ropes or straps directly to the channel can cause the cargo to become unsecured In a sudd
202. g Press the CAT FOLDER 44 or PP button or SEEK TRACK I4 or PI button to adjust the hours 3 Press the DISP CLOCK button again to switch to the minute adjustment 4 Press the CAT FOLDER 44 or gt gt button or SEEK TRACK or Pl button to adjust the minutes 5 Press the DISP CLOCK button again to exit the clock set mode The display will return to the regular clock display after 7 seconds or you may press the DISP CLOCK button again to return to the regu lar clock display DISP display button This DISP display button will show text about MP3 SAT or CD information in the audio display CD display mode To change the text displayed while playing a CD with text press the DISP button The DISP button will allow you to scroll through CD text as follows Disc title Track title To change the default display mode press the AUDIO knob repeatedly until DISPLAY MODE appears on the display then rotate the knob to select the following display modes Disc number Folder number Once the display mode is selected press the AUDIO knob again to store the setting If the AUDIO knob is not pressed within 8 seconds the display will refresh with the last selected display mode setting Track title mode displays the title of the se lected CD track Disc title mode displays the title of the CD being played Track number mode displays the number selected disc and the track that is currently being
203. g fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an acci dent Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly AWARNING Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows con tinuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indicate a mal function in the system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Once the pre tensioner seat belt has activated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See your NISSAN dealer Removal and installation of the pre tensioner seat belt system components should be done by a NISSAN dealer All seat belt assemblies including re
204. g restricted tow ing speeds and distances for manual transmission models only Speed Below 60 MPH 97 km h Distance Less than 500 miles 805 km If the speed or distance must necessarily be greater remove the propeller shaft before towing to prevent damage to the transmission In case of emergency 6 13 Four wheel drive models NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be used when towing your vehicle or place the ve e When towing automatic or manual transmission models with the front wheels on the ground or on towing dollies If you have to tow manual transmission models with the rear wheels on the ground if you do not use towing dol lies or four wheels on the ground e Move the 4WD shift switch to the 2H position e Move the transmission shift lever to the N Neutral position Always release the parking brake Observe the following restricted tow ing speeds and distances for manual transmission models only Speed Below 60 MPH 97 km h Distance Less than 500 miles 805 km If the speed or distance must necessarily be greater remove the propeller shaft before towing to prevent damage to the transmission hicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated Move the 4WD shift switch to the 2H A CAUTION Never tow automatic transmission models with the rear wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmis
205. g screws To adjust 1 Loosen the adjusting screws with the Torxdriver by turning counterclockwise 2 When the clamp is loosened move the crossbar so the cargo can be positioned on the crossbar 3 Tighten the crossbar adjusting screws with the Torxdriver by turning clockwise 4 Secure the cargo with rope 5 Always check the tightness of the crossbar adjusting screws To remove 1 Loosen the adjusting screws with the Torxdriver by turning counterclockwise A Rotate the clamps Remove the crossbar Reverse to install oo i o Always check the tightness of the crossbar adjusting screws 2 46 Instruments and controls If you hear wind noise coming from the roof rack while driving adjust the roof rack crossbar to the neutral position rearward of A on the side rails AWARNING Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting In a sudden stop or collision un secured cargo could cause personal injury A CAUTION Use care when placing or removing items from the roof rack If you cannot comfort ably lift the items onto the roof rack from the ground use a ladder or stool WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS if so equipped AWARNING Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows
206. g the LATCH anchors 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRSO571 LATCH label locations Crew cab models only LATCH lower anchor point locations The LATCH system anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH system anchors AWARNING Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown If a child restraint is not secured properly your child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident WRSO700 LATCH lower anchor location The LATCH system anchors are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstance are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses LRSO661 LATCH webbing mounted attachment Installing child restraint LATCH anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle With this sys tem you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Check your child re straint for a label stating that it is compatible with the LATCH system This information may also be in the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRSO662 LATCH rigid mounted attachment
207. gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxy genates such as ethanol MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel com patibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily de termined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline If an oxygenate blend other than methanol blend is used it should con tain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not avail able to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN ve hicles Technical and consumer information 9 3 If any driveability problems such as engine stall ing
208. ghts will turn off while the 30 second timer Is activated when The driver s door is locked by the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch The ignition switch is turned ON LICO630 Type C The lights will turn off automatically after 30 min utes while doors are open to prevent the battery from becoming discharged When the switch is in the OFF position 8 the interior lights do not illuminate regardless of door position A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery Instruments and controls 2 51 PERSONAL LIGHTS if so equipped To turn the personal lights on press the switches To turn them off press the switches again A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery 2 52 Instruments and controls MAP LIGHTS if so equipped To turn the map lights on press the switches To turn them off press the switches again A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER if so equipped The HomeLink Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand held transmitters into one built in device HomeLink Universal Transceiver Will operate most Radio Frequency
209. gine lift bracket etc not to the battery e Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine com partment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal 5 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes 6 Keep the engine speed of the booster ve hicle at about 2 000 rpm and start the en gine of the vehicle being jump started A CAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away turn the key off and wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again 7 After starting the engine carefully discon nect the negative cable and then the positive cable 6 10 Incase of emergency 8 Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid PUSH STARTING A CAUTION Three way catalyst equipped models should not be started by pushing The three way catalyst may be damaged e Automatic transmission models cannot be push started or tow started At tempting to do so may cause transmis sion damage For manual transmission models never try to start the vehicle by towing it When the engine starts the forward surge could cause the vehicle to collide with the tow vehicle IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS AWARNING Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a ve
210. given to vehicle operation Pull up on the lever 1 to open the console box lid GLOVE BOX To open the top portion of the glove box push the latch up and raise the lid To open the lower portion of the glove box pull the handle down and lower the lid Use the master key to lock or unlock the glove box The valet key cannot be used to lock or unlock the glove box AWARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop e Do not leave sunglasses in the sun glasses holder while parking in direct sunlight The heat may damage the sunglasses SUNGLASSES HOLDER if so equipped To open the sunglasses holder push and release AWARNING e Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to prevent an accident A CAUTION e Do not use for anything other than sunglasses Instruments and controls 2 41 MAP POCKETS King cab model Crew cab model 2 42 Instruments and controls LICO575 W1IC0827 SEAT POCKETS if so equipped Front CUP HOLDERS A pocket is located on the back of the driver s seat A small pocket is also located on the in The front cup holders have adapters that can be board side of the passenger s seat removed to accommodate larger cups A WARNING The cup holder should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Instruments and controls 2 43 A CAUTION Avoi
211. h America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Infor mation Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Informa tion Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a re placement by writing to Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 aa SAFETY DEFECTS US only If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addi tion to notifying NISSAN If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot be come involved in individual problems be tween you your dealer or NISSAN To contact NHTSA you may call the Ve hicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 NISSAN 1 READINESS FOR I
212. he button once the highest broadcasting station is reached the radio continues in the SEEK mode at the lowest broadcasting station Press the button once the lowest broadcasting station is reached the radio continues in the SEEK mode at the highest broadcasting station Manual tuning While in TUNE mode press the SEEK TRACK button or for manual tuning Press and hold the SEEK TRACK button or X to move quickly through the channels SCAN tuning While in SCAN tuning mode press and hold the SEEK TRACK button or X for more than 1 5 seconds or Scan tuning begins from low to high frequencies or high to low frequencies depending on which SEEK TRACK button or _ ispressed scan tuning stops at each broadcasting station Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 17 for 5 seconds When scanning SCAN illumi nates in the display and the radio station blinks When temporarily stopped on a station SCAN blinks and the radio station display is solid Pressing the SEEK TRACK button or again during this 5 second period stops scan tuning and the radio remains tuned to that radio station Station memory operations 18 stations can be set for the FM and AM radio to the A B and C preset button in any combination of AM or FM stations 1 Press the PRESET A B C button to change between storage banks The radio displays the icon A B or C to indicate which set of presets are active 2 Tune to the des
213. he air conditioner and leave the windows closed to reduce drag Starting and driving 5 21 A CAUTION TRANSFER CASE SHIFTING Do not drive the vehicle in the 4H or 4LO PROCEDURES position on dry hard surface roads Driv The part time 4WD system provides 3 positions ing on dry hard surfaces in 4H or 4LO0 2WD 4H and 4LO so you can select the may cause unnecessary noise tire wear desired drive mode according to the driving con and increased fuel consumption ditions If the 4WD warning light turns on when you are driving on dry hard surface roads inthe 4H position shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position for automatic transmission vehicles stop the ve hicle and shift the transmission se lector to the N position with the brake pedal depressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position for manual trans mission vehicles stop the vehicle and shift the transmission shift lever to the N position with the clutch pedal depressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD If the warning light is still on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible 5 22 Starting and driving 2WD or 4WD shift procedure Indicator Light AWD Shift Wheels Use Conditions 4WD Shift Procedure Switch Position Driven AWD shift Transfer 4LO position Move the 4WD switch Rear For driving on dry paved roads Economy drive 2WD lt gt 4H l aa l
214. he anchor attachments to further tighten the child restraint If you are unable to properly secure the restraint move the re straint to another seating position and try again or try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 7 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 3 through 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 Rear facing Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using LATCH System 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions LRSO665 LRSO666 Rear facing web mounted step 2 Rear facing rigid mounted step 2 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors 3 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS0673 Rear facing step 3 4 Before placing the child in the child restraint hold the child restraint near the LATCH at tachment and use force to push the child restraint from sid
215. he radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level The engine coolant reservoir is a pressur ized tank When installing the cap tighten it until a clicking sound is heard LDIO466 Type B If the cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by a NISSAN dealer CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT A NISSAN dealer can change the engine coolant The service procedure can be found in the NISSAN Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat ing AWARNING To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the en gine is hot e Never remove the radiator or engine coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep coolant out of the reach of chil dren and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations ENGINE OIL SACS POV cs Sga K ji Bs 7 OQO LDI0437 Type A CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature 3 Turn off the engine Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain
216. he temperature before use Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 11 Do not expose the CD to direct sun light CDs that are in poor condition or are dirty scratched or covered with finger prints may not work properly The following CDs may not work prop erly Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunc tion 3 1 in 8 cm discs with an adapter e CDs that are not round e CDs with a paper label e CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play pre recorded CDs It has no capability to record or burn CDs If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed CHECK DISC Confirm that the CD is inserted cor rectly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PRESS EJECT This is an error due to excessive tem perature inside the player Remove the CD by pressing the EJECT button After a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio sys tem only MP3 or WMA CD Compact Disc with MP3 or WMA Terms MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital
217. he vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Parking brake break in Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the parking brake shoes and or drum rotors are replaced in order to assure the best brake performance This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by a NISSAN dealer ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS AWARNING The Anti lock Braking System ABS is a sophisticated device but it cannot pre vent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces Remem ber that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS Stopping dis tances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the driver is respon sible for safety Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels When installing a spare tire make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label See Tire and Loading Information label in the Technical and consumer informa tion section of this manual For detailed information
218. hicle fire e To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator or coolant reser voir cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury e Do not open the hood if steam is com ing out If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading and the illumination of the engine oil pressure engine coolant temperature high indicator light or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to P Park Do not stop the engine 2 Turn off the air conditioner Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed 3 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or cool ant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 4 Open the engine hood AWARNING If steam or water is coming from the en gine stand clear to prevent getting burned 5 Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness Also check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking the water pump belt is missi
219. hicles nunnana 9 22 Location for center of gravity 4 9 22 Vehicle load weight capacity 5 9 23 Measurement of weights 22 5 9 23 TONNO a WA va gee cine ad cee eevee ae eres eae eee 9 23 Maximum load limits e isisrci ennerien ta etena 9 24 Towing load specification 0 005 9 27 TOWING safety ew oee ee sonctet coe eeeetceorecea 9 27 Pint TOWING ssc22 nota eee es eeh ees eeeeaneeeeceees 9 33 Uniform tire quality grading 2522 scesei ee evereteewss 9 34 Emission control system warranty 9 35 Reporting safety defects US only 4 9 35 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test 9 35 Event data feCOrders s ics even dsacsedceeeeeevecu ss 9 36 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information 9 37 In the event of a collision 0 cee nnna 9 37 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be a little different When refilling follow the procedure described in the Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Fuel Engine oil 7 Drain and Refill With oil filter change QR25DE Without oil filter change With oil filter change VQ40DE Without oil filter change Cooling system With reservoir QR25DE VQ40DE 5M T Manual transmission gear oil 6 M T 4X2 6 M T 4X4 Automatic transmission fluid Power ste
220. his may damage them Chemicals used for road surface de icing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corro sion which may be required in some areas con sult a NISSAN dealer 7 6 Appearance and care 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirements 2 2 02ee00 8 2 General maintenance 0 0c cece eee eee 8 2 Explanation of general maintenance items 8 2 Maintenance precautionS ss ssassn snurrar eee 8 5 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine cooling system 00 veesceegeseevateareeges ens 8 8 Checking engine coolant level 005 8 8 Changing engine coolant 2 00e 0e 8 9 PACING Ollacercscuceeseeunieeererenyceaeseeecres tax 8 9 Checking engine oil level 0022005 8 9 Changing engine oil 2 0e cece eee eee 8 10 Changing engine oil filter 2 00 8 12 5 speed automatic transmission fluid 8 13 Power steering MUIta ssencenieesenceeeentueer asec 8 13 Brake and clutch NW 5 20 5ec sec ceeeee seeawpaseees ce 8 14 Brake WUGiasoeecte cn checeeecshuss eee eneautes lt 8 14 Clate hT 2 3 patcaaemedgdce Ay EEEIEE SET 8 14 Window washer fluid asan aaaa ea 8 15 Wi
221. hnical and consumer information A CAUTION Install only one cleat per section of channel Applying loads at angles to the cleats greater then 45 or loads greater than 150 Ibs header and floor channels or 200 Ibs side channels may cause damage to the channel or bed Technical and consumer information 9 19 LTI0123 1 correct installation 2 incorrect installation AWARNING Do not install accessories over the gap between the front and rear side channels Doing this could affect the rear structure in certain rear impacts which could result in serious injury 9 20 Technical and consumer information A CAUTION Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to prevent it from sliding or shifting Use the channel end stoppers to help se cure items in the channels from sliding off the end of the truck bed Channel End Stoppers if so equipped The channel end stoppers should be used to help prevent accessories installed in the channels from sliding or shifting off the end of the truck bed They must be installed so they are properly seated in the detents in the channel A WARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire but can also cause unsafe vehicle handling and longer brak Install the channels end stoppers as follows 1 Remove the channel protectors by sliding them out the back of th
222. hould be thor oughly flushed with plain water in those areas where mud and dirt may have accumulated See the Appearance and care section of this manual Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precau tions which should be closely observed AWARNING Park the vehicle on a level surface ap ply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving Move the shift selector lever to P Park Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or repairs Never leave the engine or automatic transmission related component har nesses disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position Your vehicle is equipped with an auto matic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the engine is not running To avoid injury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan If you must work with the engine run ning keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving
223. ic transmission position indicator light Cruise main switch indicator light if so equipped Cruise set switch indicator light if so equipped Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system on indicator light if so equipped AWD shift indicator light 233 model Front passenger air bag status light High beam indicator light Blue SERVICE ENGINE SOON O D SLIP SLIP 4LO Hill descent control indicator light if so equipped Malfunction indicator light MIL Overdrive off indicator light automatic transmission only Security indicator light if so equipped Slip indicator light for models with ABLS if so equipped Slip indicator light for models with VDC if so equipped Transfer 4LO position indicator light E353 model Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle dynamic control off indicator light if so equipped CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the parking brake and turn the ignition key to the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come on EH rake or O F A aww The following lights come on briefly and then go off ABS or A SLIP 1 Ger 40 x oF If any light fails to come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system repaired promptly WARNING LIGHTS or Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position
224. ical and consumer information 0 Illustrated table of contents Airbags seat belts and child restraints 0 2 instrument DaNCleteaceuceser ecteurechecauceteyuy ste 0 6 PXtGllOl MONE T IE ates tear acneesk ior ET 0 3 Engine compartment check locations 0 8 S o leolst ehaneennsce gauss E AE 0 4 Waming indicator lighis sssi eserscssssoriniessenai 0 10 Passenger compartment ssssss aeran ee eee eee 0 5 AIRBAGS SEAT BELTS AND CHILD RESTRAINTS 1 2nd row seat belts P 1 11 2 Supplemental curtain side impact and rollover air bags if so equipped P 1 49 3 Front seat belts P 1 11 4 Supplemental front impact air bags P 1 56 5 Seats P 1 2 6 Occupant classification sensor pressure sensor P 1 56 7 Seat belt pretensioners P 1 62 8 Supplemental side impact air bag if so equipped P 1 49 9 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren P 1 22 10 Top tether strap anchor P 1 24 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details 0 2 Illustrated table of contents EXTERIOR FRONT Se a Engine hood P 8 6 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 26 Windshield P 8 22 Windows P 2 46 Door locks keyfob keys P 3 3 3 6 3 2 Mirrors P 3 13 Tire pressure P 8 32 Flat tire P 6 2 Tire chains P 8 39 Headlight and turn signal switch P 2 27 Replacing bulbs P 8 28 Fog
225. ical bulletins service tips and in dealership training programs They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN ve hicles before they work on your vehicle rather than after they have worked on it You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economical way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smells be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work closely observe the Maintenance precau tions later in this section EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found later in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that the doors and engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links as necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas usi
226. icle seat The seat back must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat 1 is chosen the vehicle seat back must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seat back is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat 2 should be used If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with your child Always follow all recommended pro cedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION ON FRONT PASSENGER SEAT AND REAR SEAT Crew cab models only AWARNING NISSAN recommends that child restraints be installed in the rear seat However if you must install a booster seat in the front passenger seat move the passenger s seat to the rearmost position A CAUTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt auto matic locking mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat Veo WRS0699
227. icle is in motion or while the sunroof is closing A CAUTION e Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the sunroof before opening Do not place heavy objects on the sun roof or surrounding area 2 50 Instruments and controls Auto reverse function when closing or tilting down the sunroof The auto reverse function can be activated when the sunroof is closed or tilted down by automatic operation when the ignition key is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the sunroof oc curs AWARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the sunroof When closing If the control unit detects something caught in the sunroof as it moves to the front the sunroof will immediately open backward When tilting down If the control unit detects something caught in the sunroof as it tilts down the sunroof will immedi ately tilt up If the auto reverse function malfunctions and re peats opening or tilting up the sunroof keep pushing the tilt down switch within 5 seconds after it happens the sunroof will fully close gradu ally Make sure nothing is caught in the sun
228. ight and Rear Gross Axle Weight are not more than Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label The cargo in the trailer and vehicle may need to be moved or removed to meet the specified rat ings Example Gross Vehicle Weight GVW as weighed on a scale including passengers cargo and hitch 5 185 Ib 2352 kg 9 26 Technical and consumer information Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR from F M V S S C M V S S certification label 5 815 Ib 2638 kg Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR from Towing Load Specification chart 11 133 Ib 5050 kg Maximum Trailer towing capacity from Tow ing Load Specification chart 6 100 Ib 2767 kg 5 815 Ib 2638 kg 5 185 Ib 2352 kg 630 Ib 286 kg GVWR GVW Available for tongue weight 11 133 Ib 5050 kg GCWR 5 185 lb 2352 kg GVW 5 948 lb 2698 kg Capacity available for tow ing 630 Ib 286 kg 5 948 lb 2698 kg 10 tongue weight Available tongue weight Available capacity The available towing capacity may be less than the maximum towing capacity due to the passen ger and cargo load in the vehicle Remember to keep trailer tongue weight be tween 10 15 of the trailer weight If the tongue load becomes excessive rearrange the cargo to obtain the proper tongue load Do not exceed the 10 15 tongue weight specification even if the calculated availa
229. indshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a dam aged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when per forming periodic maintenance cleaning the ve hicle etc Additional information on the following items with an is found later in this sec tion Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not bind or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Automatic transmission P Park position mechanism On a fairly steep hill check that your vehicle is held securely with the selector lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth opera tion and keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Parking brake Confirm that your vehicle is held securely on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and the locks if so equipped hold secure
230. inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling AWARNING Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label The vehicle weight capacity is indi cated on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not load your vehicle beyond this capac ity Overloading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operating conditions due to pre mature tire failure or unfavor able handling characteristics and could also lead to a serious acci dent Loading beyond the speci fied capacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components e Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level Do not drive your vehicle over 85 MPH 137 km h unless it is equipped with high speed rated tires Driving faster than 85 MPH 137 km h may result in tire fail ure loss of control and possible injury For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 6 out APSE ns PXXX XXRXX XXX kPa XX PSI TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY NOMBRE DE PLACES ORIGINAL TIRE SIZE TAILLE DU PNEU D ORIGINE
231. ing labels 1 64 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 64 2 19 Supplemental front impact air bag system 1 56 Supplemental restraint system Information and warning labels 1 64 Precautions on supplemental restraint SV SIE a away oe eee oe ee ee 1 49 Supplemental restraint system Supplemental air bag system 1 49 Switch Autolight switch 2 28 Automatic power window switch 2 48 Clutch interlock clutch start switch 2 36 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock SVSlcntSWICls 2 6 6 6 aa aa Xe aa Ae a 2 35 Fog light switch lt lt secs 2a nam eaaa 2 31 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 31 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 97 Headlight control switch 2 27 Hill descent control switch 2 34 Ignition switch 204 5 8 Overdrive switch aaoo aaa 5 15 Power door lock switch 3 4 Rear window and outside mirror defroster Se a E E E oe E E E E Bed 2 27 Turn signal switch 2 30 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch am wv Won Ge 6 we Bd 2 33 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 26 T Tachometer s s a aa wa ek om we ee we 2 8 Tailgate latch 2224 ace4 hee amp ee oS 3 15 Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 8 Theft NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start aoaaa aa 2 25 3 2 5 10 Three way catalyst a aoaaa aaa 5 2 Tie down hookS aoaaa aaa aaa 3 17 Tilting
232. ing the hill descent control system and decel erate the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal if necessary Be espe cially careful when driving on frozen muddy or extremely steep downhill roads Failure to control vehicle speed may result in a loss of control of the vehicle and possible serious injury or death 2 34 Instruments and controls The hill descent control may not control the vehicle speed on a hill under all load or road conditions Always be prepared to depress the brake pedal to control vehicle speed Failure to do so may re sult in a collision or serious personal injury A CAUTION When the hill descent control system op erates continuously for a long time the temperature of the brake pads may in crease and the hill descent control system may be temporarily disabled the indicator light will blink If the indicator light does not come on continuously after blinking stop using the system The hill descent control system is designed to reduce driver workload when going down steep hills The hill descent control system helps to control vehicle speed so the driver can concen trate on steering the vehicle To activate the hill descent control system the automatic transmission selector lever must be in forward or reverse gear the 4WD switch must be in the 4L position and the vehicle speed must be under 15 mph 25 km h or the 4WD switch must be in the 4H position and the vehicle speed
233. int manufacturer s instructions CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH AWARNING Attach LATCH compatible child re straints only at the locations shown For the LATCH lower anchor locations see Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHil dren System LATCH in this section If a child restraint is not secured properly your child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident e The LATCH anchors are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstance are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower anchor area and feeling to make sure there are no obstructions over the LATCH anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cush ion material The child restraint will not be secured properly if the LATCH an chors are obstructed Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 Front facing Follow these steps to install a front facing child restraint using LATCH 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions LRS0663 Front facing web mounted step 2 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors 3 The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seat back If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct child r
234. ion of an aftermarket trailer brake controller A Genuine NISSAN jumper harness is available that is specifically designed to be used when installing an aftermarket brake controller Install the aftermarket electric trailer brake con troller according to the manufacturer s instruc tions Pre towing tips Be certain your vehicle maintains a level position when a loaded and or unloaded trailer is hitched Do not drive the vehicle if it has an abnormal nose up or nose down condition check for improper tongue load overload worn suspension or other possible causes of either condition Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving Keep the cargo load as low as possible in the trailer to keep the trailer center of gravity low Load the trailer so approximately 60 of the trailer load is in the front half and 40 is in the back half Also make sure the load is balanced side to side Check your hitch trailer tire pressure ve hicle tire pressure trailer light operation and trailer wheel lug nuts every time you attach a trailer to the vehicle Be certain your rearview mirrors conform to all federal state or local regulations If not install any mirrors required for towing before driving the vehicle Determine the overall height of the vehicle and trailer so the required clearance is known Trailer towing tips In order to gain skill and an understanding of the vehicle s behavior you sho
235. ire pres sure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recom mended pressure the vehicle must be driven over 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a Instruments and controls 2 17 tire pressure gauge to adjust tire pressure to the recommended pressure For additional information see Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and in the In case of emergency section TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is turned ON The light will remain on after the 1 minute Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section AWARNING If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch turned ON have the ve hicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible 2 18 Instruments and controls If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Serious vehicle damage cou
236. ired station using manual TUNE or SEEK tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard The radio mutes when the select button is pressed 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position and carefully insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side up The compact disc is auto matically pulled into the slot and starts to play If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play CD button When the CD button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio turns off and the compact disc starts to play SEEK TRACK button When the SEEK TRACK button A Is pressed while the compact disc is playing the next track following the present one starts to play from the beginning Press SEEK TRACK button several times to skip several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD ad vances 1 additional track The track number ap pears in the display window When the last track on the compact disc is skipped the first track is played 4 18 Heater air conditioner and audio s
237. is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle If you need to dispose of the supple mental air bag pre tensioner seat belt system or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Correct supplemental air bag and pre tensioner seat belt sys tem disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 65 MEMO 1 66 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2 Instruments and controls Instrument panel eu eedectsecwet Sasi cedeueeteena cats 2 3 Meters and gauges ws 4ncinserivcew cider event eaed ess 2 5 Speedometer and odometer 00ceeeaees 2 5 Trip computer if so equipped 00000 2 7 TAGHOME el scoseetwetect yar eeaaeweeesesseuwes 2 8 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 8 FUG GAUGE sac dssevGisscatedeee e Seeeenesehend 2 2 9 Engine oil pressure gauge if so equipped 2 9 Voltmeter if so equipped cee eee 2 10 Compass and outside temperature display il SO CQUID DEG a2 sacdnce wedveceeawta gadeverentecs 2 10 Outside temperature display 4 2 11 COMPASS diSplay 45 ses Keneigeeeetanns eawee cine 2 11 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 14 Checking DUDS esis en eht itasse 2 ee ekw ed Rees 2 15 Vang NOMS 2 echiea taxes keena tee ee ee Geese 2 15 indicator NIGMS
238. is completed and the transfer gear is correctly set in the 4LO position If the vehicle is shifted into gear before the indicator is on steady the transfer gear may grind not engage correctly or stay in the neutral position If the 4WD warning light illuminates perform the following procedure to return the transfer case to correct operating condition 1 Turn off the engine by turning the ignition switch OFF 2 Start the engine Check that the 4WD warning light turns off If the 4WD warning light illuminates have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer 3 Apply the parking brake for automatic transmission vehicles depress the brake pedal and move the transmission selector to Neutral position For manual transmission vehicles move the transmission shift lever to Neutral position 4 With the brake pedal depressed on automatic transmission vehicles or with the clutch pedal depressed on manual transmission vehicles move the 4WD shift switch to desired mode Be sure to wait until the transfer gear change completes before shifting the transmission selector or transmission shift lever from Neutral position 2 While changing in and out of 4LO the ignition key must be ON and the vehicle s engine must be running i a oo to take place and for the indicator lights 4WD shift and 4LO position indicator to be operable Otherwise the shift will not take place and no indicator lights will be on or flashing 3 Make sure the transfer 4LO position indica
239. itioner operation if so equipped 4 5 Ar TOW CHAINS ercis ennen an rann RENTED 4 6 Servicing air conditioner 00000e eee e eee 4 9 Audio SYSICW ai242duecheeGuddecuenesseetaesieses 4 10 aie e E E E A E LE E ET 4 10 FM radio reception occ cccoce eve sec aceedenseeese 4 10 AM radio reception 202200e eee eee 4 10 Satellite radio reception if so equipped Audio operation precautions 00e0 eee FM AM radio with compact disc CD player if SO equipped cece cece eee eee eens FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD Changer gcc tata serisidir adido stdaeeseGaerse cs CD care and cleaning 2 0eeeeee eee Steering wheel switch for audio control if so equipped occnwncre reteceskwouneeatecands AMIEN 52 008 ceca amp a EE see ee alee Car phone or CB radio 0 0c e eee eee eee VENTILATORS HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER manual AWARNING The air conditioner cooling function op erates only when the engine is running e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Adjust air flow direction for the driv
240. ivalent 4 Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid 5 or equivalent DOT 3 NLGI No 2 Lithium Soap base HFC 134a R 134a 6 NISSAN A C System Oil Type R or equivalent 6 Genuine NISSAN Matic D ATF Continental U S and Alaska or Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid 4 9 Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL 5 80W 90 or API GL 5 SAE 80W 90 Gear Oil 8 9 API GL 5 Synthetic 75W 90 Gear Oil or equivalent 9 API GL 5 Synthetic 75W 140 Gear Oil or equivalent 9 Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent 3 Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty 4 For Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF DEXRON III MERCON or equivalent ATF may also be used 5 Available in mainland USA through your NISSAN dealer 6 For further details see Air conditioner specification label 7 For further details see Changing engine oil 8 For hot climates viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 0 C 32 F 9 See your NISSAN dealer for service 9 2 Technical and consumer information FUEL RECOMMENDATION For 2 5L engine Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num
241. jump seat extension on the passenger s side jump seat only pull up on the extension to unfold it to the open position Then unfold the two support legs 3 and lower the jump seat to the full open seating position 2 Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If neces sary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct booster seat fit See Head restraint adjustment earlier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the booster seat is removed If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions for adjusting the belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the belt routing Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for pr
242. k is located above the power Handle a CD by its edges Do not bend the outlet The AUX audio input jack accepts any disc Never touch the surface of the disc standard analog audio input such as from a por table cassette tape player MP3 player or laptop Always place the discs in the storage case computers when they are not being used Press the AUX button to play a compatible device To clean a disc wipe the surface from the when it is plugged into the AUX jack center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 25 Volume control switch MODE select switch POWER on off switch 4 Tuning switch STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL if so equipped w N gt The audio system can be operated using the controls on the steering wheel POWER on off switch With the ignition key turned to the ACC or ON position push the POWER switch to turn the audio system on or off MODE select switch Push the mode select switch to change the modes PRESET A PRESET B PRESET C CD AUX PRESET A This mode is only available when a CD is loaded This mode is only available when a compatible auxiliary device is plugged into the AUX jack Volume control switch Push the volume control switch up or down to
243. key 2 Apply the parking brake 3 Remove the shift lock release cover as shown 4 Insert a small screwdriver in the shift lock release slot and push down 5 Move the shift selector lever to the N Neu tral position while holding down the shift lock release 6 Turn the key to the ON position to unlock the steering wheel Now the vehicle may be moved to the desired location If the shift selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park have a NISSAN dealer check the auto matic transmission system as soon as possible AWARNING If the selector lever cannot be moved from the P Park position while the engine is running and the brake pedal is depressed the stop lights may not work Malfunction ing stop lights could cause an accident injuring yourself and others Accelerator downshift in D position For passing or hill climbing depress the accel erator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmis sion down into a lower gear depending on the vehicle speed Overdrive switch Each time your vehicle is started the transmis sion is automatically reset to overdrive ON ON With the engine running and the shift selector lever in the D Drive position the transmission upshifts into Overdrive as vehicle speed increases Overdrive does not engage until the engine has reached operating temperature OFF For driving up and down long slopes where engine braking Is nec essary push the Overd
244. l have braking at two wheels BRAKE PRECAUTIONS Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and stopping dis tance will be longer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will overheat the brakes wear out the brakes and pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control AWARNING While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking or accel erating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry the brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving t
245. l knob If you listen to the radio with the engine not running turn the key to the ACC position The mode radio or CD that was playing immediately before the system was turned off resumes playing When no CD is loaded the radio comes on Pressing the PWR VOL control knob again turns the system off Turn the PWR VOL control knob to the right to increase volume or to the left to decrease volume AUDIO button Bass Treble Fade Balance Press the AUDIO button to change the mode as follows BASS TREB FAD BAL Audio or OFF BASS To adjust Bass Treble Fade and Balance press the AUDIO button until the desired mode ap pears in the display Press the SEEK TRACK button to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level You can also use the SEEK TRACK button to adjust Fader and Balance modes Fader ad justs the sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound be tween the right and left speakers Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level press the AUDIO button repeatedly until the radio or CD display reappears Other wise the radio or CD display will automatically reappear after about 7 seconds Clock set 1 Press and hold the MENU button until it beeps for more than 2 seconds to enter the clock set mode 2 The hours will start flashing Press the SEEK TRACK button or toad just the hours 3 Press the MENU button until the radio beeps to s
246. l knob while the sys tem is off to call up the mode radio or CD which was playing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off press the PWR VOL con trol knob Turn the PWR VOL control knob to adjust the volume This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Sen sitive Volume SSV for audio The audio volume changes as the driving speed changes AUDIO knob BASS MIDRANGE TREBLE FADE BALANCE and SSV if so equipped Press the AUDIO knob to change the mode as follows BASS MID TREBLE FADE BALANCE SSV if so equipped To adjust Bass Mid Midrange Treble Fade and Balance press the AUDIO knob until the desired mode appears in the display Turn the Tuning knob to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level You can also use the Tuning knob to adjust Fader and Balance modes Fader adjusts the 4 20 Heater air conditioner and audio systems sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers To change the SSV mode to OFF LOW MID or HIGH turn the Tuning knob to the right or left Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level press the AUDIO knob repeatedly until the radio or CD display reappears Other wise the radio or CD display will automatically reappear after about 10 seconds Clock set 1 Press the DISP CLOCK button until it beeps gt 1 5 seconds 2 The hours will start flashin
247. l that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the out ward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself TYPES OF TIRES AWARNING When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type i e Summer All Season or Snow and construction A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet All season tires NISSAN specifies All Season tires on some mod els to provide good performance all year includ ing snowy and icy road conditions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance o
248. late 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key your NISSAN dealer can duplicate it NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEYS if so equipped You can only drive your vehicle using the master or valet keys which are registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your vehicle These keys have a transponder chip in the key head The master key can be used for all the locks The valet key cannot be used for the glove box lock To protect belongings when you leave a key with someone give them the valet key only Never leave these keys in the vehicle Additional or replacement keys If you still have a key the key number is not necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys Your dealer can dupli cate your existing key As many as five NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys can be used with one vehicle You should bring all NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys that you have to your NISSAN dealer for registration This is be cause the registration process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System After the registration process these components will only recognize keys coded into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System during registration Any key that is not given to your dealer at the time of registra
249. ld occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light stays on after adjusting the tire pressure and driving over 16 mph have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS A CAUTION e The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the 4 wheels correctly Low windshield washer fluid warning light This light comes on when the windshield washer fluid is at a low level Add windshield washer fluid as necessary See Window washer fluid in the Mainten
250. ldings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by adjusting the treble control to reduce treble response 4 10 Heater air conditioner and audio systems Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and reflected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in mo mentary flutter or loss of sound AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also sub ject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION if so equipped When the satellite radio is first installed or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a malfunction Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for
251. le The child safety lock levers are located on the edge of the rear doors When the lever is in the lock position the door can be opened only from the outside 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM if so equipped It is possible to lock unlock all doors turn the interior lights on and activate the panic alarm by using the keyfob from outside the vehicle Be sure to remove the key from the vehicle before locking the doors The keyfob can operate at a distance of approxi mately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends on the conditions around the vehicle As many as 5 keyfobs can be used with one vehicle For information concerning the purchase and use of additional keyfobs contact a NISSAN dealer The keyfob will not function when the battery is discharged the distance between the vehicle and the keyfob is over 33 ft 10 m The panic alarm will not activate when the key is in the ignition switch A CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the keyfob e Do not allow the keyfob to become wet e Do not drop the keyfob Do not strike the keyfob sharply against another object Do not place the keyfob for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C If a keyfob is lost or stolen NISSAN rec ommends erasing the ID code of that key fob This will prevent the keyfob from un authorized us
252. le checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Repair and replacement procedure The supplemental front air bags supplemental side air bags curtain air bags and pre tensioner seat belts are designed to inflate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light remains illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replacement of these supplemental air bag systems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer When maintenance work is required on the ve hicle the supplemental front air bags supple mental side air bags curtain air bags pre tensioner seat belts and related parts should be pointed out to the person performing the mainte nance The ignition key should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle AWARNING e Once a supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag or curtain air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be re placed Additionally if any of the supplemental front air bags inflate the activated pre tensioner seat belts must also be replaced The air bag module and pre tensioner seat belt system should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer The air bag module and pre tensioner seat belt system cannot be repaired The supplemental front air bag side air bag and curtain air bag systems and the pre tensioner seat belt system should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer if there
253. light will illuminate when the electronic locking rear differential E lock system switch if so equipped is turned on and the E lock system is engaged If the E lock system disengages or the switch is turned off the VDC system will be enabled and the VDC light will turn off AUDIBLE REMINDERS Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a disc brake pad requires replacement it makes a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard Key reminder chime A chime sounds if the driver s door is opened while the key is left in the ignition switch Remove the key and take it with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime With the ignition switch in the OFF position a chime sounds when the driver s door is opened if the headlights or parking lights are on Turn the headlight control switch off before leav ing the vehicle SECURITY SYSTEMS if so equipped Your vehicle may have two types of security sys tems Vehicle security system if so equipped NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System if so equipped VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM if so equipped The vehicle security system provides visual and audible alarm signals if someone opens the doors when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is
254. lluminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pres sure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible See Flat tire in the In case of emergency section for changing a flat tire When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors A CAUTION Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors and the TPMS will not function properly Some d
255. lts and supplemental restraint system 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The front passenger seat and the rear seating positions three point seat belts have a locking mechanism for child restraint installation It is referred to as the automatic locking mode or child restraint mode When the automatic locking mechanism is acti vated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted Once retracted the seat belt is in the emergency locking mode See Child restraints later in this section for more informa tion The automatic locking mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by a passen ger the locking mode should not be acti vated If it is activated it may cause uncom fortable seat belt tension It can also change the operation of the front passen ger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section AWARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that the seatbacks are completely se cured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop Fastening the seat belts Jump seats King cab models 1 Open the jump se
256. ly in all latched positions Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt web bing for cuts fraying wear or damage Steering wheel Check for changes in the steer ing system such as excessive freeplay hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Ve hicles operated in high temperatures or under severe Conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level Brake fluid levels Make sure that the brake fluid level is between the MIN and MAX lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure the drive belts are not frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level a
257. m for the front passen ger See Supplemental restraint system later in this section 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Infants Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint NISSAN recom mends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu facturer s instructions for installation and use Small Children Children that are over one year old and weigh at least 20 lbs 9 kg can be placed in a forward facing child restraint Refer to the manufacturer s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations NISSAN recom mends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Larger children Children who are too large for child restraints should be seated and restrained by the seat belts which are provided The seat belt may not fit properly if the child is less than 4 feet 9 inches 142 5 cm tall and weighs between 40 Ibs 18 kg and 80 Ibs 36 kg A booster seat should be used to obtain proper seat belt fit NISSAN re
258. mental front air bag precau tions AWARNING Do not place any objects on the steer ing wheel pad or on the instrument panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such ob jects may become dangerous projec tiles and cause injury if the supplemen tal front air bag inflates Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may se verely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tampering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing mate rial on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat cover
259. mmended center of gravity location when installed 9 22 Technical and consumer information AWARNING Overloading or improper loading can ad versely affect vehicle handling braking and performance and may lead to accidents VEHICLE LOAD WEIGHT CAPACITY The vehicle payload weight capacity shown on the Tire and Loading Information label see Tire and Loading Information label in this section indicates the maximum total weight of passen gers optional equipment air conditioning trailer hitch etc and cargo that your vehicle is designed to Carry Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See Vehicle Loading Information earlier in this section for details Also check tires for proper inflation pressures See the Tire and Loading Information label MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not ex ceed either of the gross axle weight rat ings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or re move items to bring all weights below the
260. n a steep hill The compass returns to the correct compass point when the ve hicle moves to an area where the geomag netism is stabilized If a magnet is located in or near the overhead console in the front of the vehicle or the vehicle is driven where the terrestrial mag netism is disturbed the compass display may not indicate the correct direction A CAUTION Do not install a ski rack antenna etc which are attached to the vehicle by means of a magnet They affect the op eration of the compass When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as it may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing Instruments and controls 2 13 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light Automatic transmission oil temperature warning A light if so equipped AIT Automatic transmission park warning light 2 E3243 model or Brake warning light Charge warning light if so equipped P BRAKE Door open warning light Engine oil pressure warning light if so equipped AWD warning light YEZ model Low fuel warning light Low tire pressure warning light ABS ATP KJ 1 2 14 instruments and controls Low windshield washer fluid warning light Seat belt warning light and chime Supplemental air bag warning light Automat
261. n dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially re duced in snow and Ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never ex ceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires TIRE CHAINS Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Us
262. n not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Supplemental side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest of the front occupants Curtain side impact and rollover air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear outboard seating positions They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries How ever an inflating side air bag or curtain air bag Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system may cause abrasions or other injuries Supple mental side air bags and curtain side impact and rollover air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the supplemental side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain side impact and rollover air bag inflate quickly in order to help protect the occupants Because of this the force of the side air bag and curtain air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over The curtain side impact and rollover air bag will remain inflated for a sh
263. n or deceleration avoid steep uphill grades if possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The malfunction indicator light may stop blinking and come on steady Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer A CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without hav ing the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission con trol system O D OFF This light comes on when the overdrive function is OFF The automatic transmission overdrive function is controlled by the overdrive switch Overdrive off indicator light automatic transmission models only See Driving the vehicle in the Starting and driving section of this manual Security indicator light if so equipped This light blinks whenever the ignition switch is in the LOCK OFF or ACC position This function indicates the security system equipped on the vehicle is operational For additional information see Security sys tems later in this section Slip indicator light for models with ABLS if so equipped This indicator light comes on if the active brake limited slip is activated If activated the system will apply braking to the slipping drive wheel s giving the non slipping wheel s more traction SLIP Slip indicator light for models with VDC if so eq
264. n the 7 position is selected the air conditioner automatically turns on however the indicator light will not illuminate if the outside temperature is more than 36 F 2 C The air conditioning system will con tinue to operate until the fan control dial is turned to OFF or the vehicle is shut off even if the air flow control dial is turned to a position other than the 7 position This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The lt gt mode automatically turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging performance Bi level heating This mode directs cooler air from the side and center vents and warmer air from the floor outlets When the temperature control dial is moved to the full hot or full cool position the air between the vents and the floor outlets is the same tem perature 1 Push the 7 amp 2 button to the off position gt a 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the 4 position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Heating and defogging This mode heats the interior and defogs the wind shield r He 1 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 2 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 3 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position Whenthe amp posi
265. nce of al cohol or drugs e ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions e ALWAYS give your full attention to driv ing and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you e ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro priate child restraint systems Pre teen children should be seated in the rear seat e ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this Owner s Manual for important safety information For descriptions specified for four wheel drive models a Z3 J mark is placed at the begin ning of the applicable sections items As with other vehicles with features for off road use failure to operate four wheel drive models correctly may result in loss of control or an accident Be sure to read Driving safety precautions in the Start ing and driving section of this manual ON PAVEMENT AND OFF ROAD DRIV ING This vehicle will handle and maneuver differently from an ordinary passenger car because it has a higher center of gravity for off road use As with other vehicles with features of this type fail ure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or an accident Be sure to read On pavement and off road driving precautions and Avoid ing collision and rollover and Driving safety precautions in the Starting and driving s
266. nd consumer information section of this manual You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS AA D 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself D ANN E Wey Z W y QR25DE engine 1 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 2 Fuse Fusible link box 3 Air cleaner 4 Engine oil filler cap 5 Engine oil dipstick 6 Brake fluid reservoir Clutch fluid reser voir M T model 7 Drive belt location 8 Radiator cap 9 Power steering fluid reservoir 10 Battery 11 Engine coolant reservoir NOTE Engine cover removed for clarity VQ40DE engine Windshield washer fluid reservoir Battery Fuse fusible link box Engine oil filler cap Engine oil dipstick Brake fluid reservoir Air cleaner Drive belt location See Se WD 4 J 9 Radiator cap 10 Power steering fluid reservoir 11 Engine coolant reservoir NOTE Engine cover removed for clarity CHR Q EN 4 i y jA ii eV IS Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant to provide year round anti freeze and coolant protection The anti fr
267. nd outside temperature display in the Instrument and con trols section of this manual NOTE Do not hang any objects over the sensors 2 or apply glass cleaner to the sensors Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensors resulting in improper operation OUTSIDE MIRRORS AWARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 Do not adjust the mirrors while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments Electric control type if so equipped The outside mirror remote control will operate only when the ignition switch Is in the ACC or ON position Move the small switch 1 to select the right or left mirror Adjust each mirror to the desired position using the large switch Manual control type The outside mirror can be moved in any direction for a better rear view Heated mirrors if so equipped Some outside mirrors can be heated to defrost defog or de ice for improved visibility For addi tional information see Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch in the Instrument and controls section of this manual Foldable outside mirr
268. ndow washer fluid reservoir 5 8 15 Balen eee nE A aE E EA A EE E E T ERA 8 15 Jump starting 2x 520 3 ec0eceee vee ees nunden anana 8 17 Variable Voltage Control System 5 8 17 DING WGN A EE E E EEE 8 18 Sali PU sranane i e E EE A E 8 19 Replacing spark plugS s an nunnana 8 19 A Olean e rs rocen eirag weceet EAE EEE EEA et 8 19 In cabin microfilter o cnc25ee gee eee decode saees 8 20 Windshield wiper blades 0 02 00e 8 22 a a EE E AE E 8 22 ReDIGCING ancheaseduttneeesereeds e ES 8 22 Brak esan a E E E E A T EANA 8 23 PUGS E E E E TE A EA 8 24 Engine compartment 0 00e eee 8 24 Passenger compartment 0 cece eee 8 25 Keyfob battery replacement 0 0c eee eee 8 27 Ee aE E E E E E E teres E TE 8 28 gice et e N E E E 8 28 Exterior and interior lights n nananana 8 29 Wheels and tires cau cecony ctideseteeereesseveccecs 8 32 Tire pressure otc od se oddce sg abelen sede etesene sae 8 32 Tire Abeling s ttre en abeueet te vacvieeeeeetanecu 8 36 Wes Ol eS 6 ca sencrtoeneteereeeeerendenseney 8 38 Tire HAINS ec ce euk es depen an EE E i 8 39 Changing wheels and tires 2 00000 8 39 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Your new NISSAN has been designed to have minimum maintenance requirements with longer service intervals to save you both time and money However some day to day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your NIS SAN s good m
269. ners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compounding or aggressive polishing ona base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory store UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter it is necessary to clean the underbody regularly in order to prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the un derbody and suspension Before the winter pe riod and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary retreated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film A CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage the electri cal conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS Wash the wheels regularly with a sponge damp ened in a mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used If not removed road sal
270. ng a steady speed on level roads have a NISSAN dealer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing may result in spark knock after run and or overheating which may cause excessive fuel Consumption or engine damage If any of the above symptoms are en countered have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is not a cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load A CAUTION Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 85 fuel can damage fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty E 85 is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region API certification mark ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATIONS Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance See Capacities and recommended fu
271. ng bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag infor mation is displayed on the Artist song title line on the display Windows and Windows Media are regis tered trademarks and trademarks in the United States of America and other countries of Mi crosoft Corporation of the USA FOLDER MP3 or WMA WHA0773 Playback order chart Playback order Music playback order of a CD with MP3 or WMA files is as illustrated The names of folders not containing MP3 or WMA files are not shown in the display If there is a file in the top level of the disc Root Folder is displayed The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 13 Specification chart Supported media CD CD R CD RW Supported file systems ISO9660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Apple ISO Romeo Joliet SO9660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG2 5 Sampling frequency 8 kHz 48 kHz Supported Bitrate o rate 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR Sampling frequency a 32 kHz 48 kHz Bitrate o rate 48 kbps 192 kbps VBR Tag information ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 MP3 only Folder levels Folder levels 8 Max folders 255 including root folder Files 512 Max 255 files for one folder Text character number limitation 128 characters 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICO
272. ng or loose or the cooling fan does not run stop the en gine AWARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time when the coolant temperature is high 6 After the engine cools down check the cool ant level in the engine coolant reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the engine coolant reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at a NISSAN dealer In case of emergency 6 11 TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Provincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could dam age your vehicle Towing instructions are avail able from a NISSAN dealer Local service opera tors are generally familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends having a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions AWARNING Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck A CAUTION When towing make sure that the trans mission axles steering system and powertrain are in working condition If any unit is damaged dollies must be used Al
273. ng road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If neces sary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS transmitter components Replace the grom met seal valve core and cap of the transmitter in vehicles equipped with TPMS at every tire re placement or when reaching the wear limit of the tires Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet W
274. ng the vehicle tail light stoplight and turn signal circuits as a signal source The module converter must draw no more that 15 milliamps from the stop and tail lamp circuits Using a module converter that exceeds these power requirements may damage the vehicle s electrical sys tem See a reputable trailer dealer to ob tain the proper equipment and to have it installed Trailer lights should comply with federal and or local regulations For assistance in hooking up trailer lights contact a NISSAN dealer or repu table trailer dealer Vehicles equipped with the optional trailer tow package are equipped with a 7 pin trailer harness connector A flat 4 pin har ness is available from your dealer for vehicles without a tow package If your trailer is equipped with a flat 4 pin connector an adapter will be needed to connect the trailer lights to the vehicle Adapters are available at auto parts stores and hitch retailers Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a braking system make sure it conforms to federal and or local regulations and that it is properly installed Vehicles equipped with a 7 pin trailer harness connector are pre wired for a trailer brake con troller See a NISSAN dealer for a trailer brake adapter harness AWARNING Never connect a trailer brake system di rectly to the vehicle brake system Electric trailer brake controller Trailers equipped with electric brakes may re quire the installat
275. ng used is turned OFF Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water to contact the outlet STORAGE LICO764 Top center tray STORAGE TRAYS AWARNING Do not place sharp objects in the trays to help prevent injury in an accident or sud den stop Instruments and controls 2 37 LICO818 LICO819 LICO823 AT model MT model if so equipped MT model if so equipped 2 38 Instruments and controls UNDER SEAT STORAGE BINS XXXXXXXKXX ay D ARKO RR A WARNING PRM Tt g j MUUS TO N CXXRNNNYX Properly secure all cargo with ropes or Uf Sines OK AAA ne a LQ lit MAA straps to help prevent it from sliding or ORE BARN shifting In a sudden stop or collision NNA l ONNA ee unsecured cargo could cause personal KK AAA AAA AAD OXIA Ten KKN inj ORAS KKK KKK XX KK Y 9 injury COIN NY ORM The cargo restrained in the under seat XY i Ui storage bins must not exceed the OW weight limits listed below or the bins may not stay secured In a sudden stop or collision the unsecured bins could cause personal inury Om King cab model 16 Ib 7 25 kg EEN Crew cab model Hie i N Driver s side 16 Ib 7 25 kg Passenger s side 25 Ib 11 33 kg If the under seat storage bins are re moved for any
276. nger air bag and status light AWARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some con ditions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is nec essary for most effective protection Fail ure to follow all instructions in this manual concerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Status light The front passenger air bag status light is located near the climate controls The light oper ates as follows Unoccupied passenger s seat The is OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Passenger s seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in this section The illuminates to indicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Occupied passenger seat and the passen ger meet the conditions outlined in this sec tion The light is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag is operational Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to auto matically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below in accordance with U S regulations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpos
277. not exceed the follow ing speeds in the 3 position 2WD and AUTO 62 MPH 100 km h 4H 62 MPH 100 km h 4LO 31 MPH 50 km h 2 Second gear Use this position for hill climbing or engine brak ing on downhill grades Do not downshift into the 2 position at speeds over the following and do not exceed the follow ing speeds in the 2 position 2WD and AUTO 71 MPH 115 km h 4H 62 MPH 100 km h 4LO 31 MPH 50 km h 1 Low gear Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or slow driving through deep snow sand or mud or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades Starting and driving 5 13 Do not downshift into the 1 position at speeds over the following and do not exceed the follow ing speeds in the 1 position 2WD and AUTO 43 MPH 70 km h 4H 43 MPH 70 km h 4LO 31 MPH 50 km h 5 14 Starting and driving Shift lock release If the battery is discharged the shift selector lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed To move the shift selector lever release the shift lock The shift selector lever can be moved to N Neutral However the steering wheel will be locked unless the ignition switch is turned to the ON position This allows the vehicle to be moved if the battery is discharged To push the shift lock release complete the fol lowing procedure 1 Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position and remove the
278. nstalling the tailgate 1 Insert the tailgate into the left side hinge 2 Hold the tailgate at a 45 degree angle and insert into the right side hinge 3 Continue to hold the tailgate at a 45 degree angle and attach the tailgate support cables 4 Close the tailgate securely Locking the tailgate To lock the tailgate turn the key toward the pas senger side of the vehicle 4 To unlock turn the key toward the driver side 2 Both the master key and the valet key can be used to lock and unlock the tailgate TIE DOWN HOOKS if so equipped For your convenience tie down hooks are placed at each corner of the truck box These may be used to help secure cargo loaded into the truck box The weight of the cargo load must be evenly distributed over both the front and the rear axles All cargo should be securely fastened with ropes or straps to prevent it from shifting or sliding within the vehicle AWARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 MEMO 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 Heater air conditioner and audio systems VeMUIAIONS ais E EAT EE E E E res 4 2 Heater and air conditioner manual 0005 4 2 CONO eaea a a E EEE EE 4 3 Heater operation scuce eeceaceotrsetantwoxneseeee 4 4 Air cond
279. nt statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you must install a booster seat in the front seat see Booster seat installa tion in this section A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap shoulder belt Failure to use a three point type seat belt with a booster seat can result in a serious in jury in sudden stop or collision Improper use or improper installation of a booster seat can increase the risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occupants of the vehicle and can lead to serious injury or death in an accident e Do not use towels books pillows or other items in place of a booster seat Items such as these may move during normal driving or a collision and result in serious injury or death Booster seats are designed to be used with a lap shoulder belt Booster seats are de signed to properly route the lap and shoulder portions of the seat belt over the strongest portions of a child s body to provide the maximum protection dur ing a collision Follow all of the booster seat manufac turer s instructions for installation and use When purchasing a booster seat be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle It may not be possible to properly install some types of booster seats in your vehicle If the booster seat and seat belt is not used properly the risk of a child being injured in a c
280. ntinue to be dis played When driving uphill or rounding curves the fuel in the tank shifts which may momentarily change the display Average speed MPH or km h The average speed mode shows the average vehicle speed since last reset Resetting is done by pressing the change button for more than approximately 1 second The display is updated every 30 seconds The first 30 seconds after a reset the display shows Average fuel consumption Mpg or I 100km The average fuel consumption mode shows the average fuel consumption since the last reset Resetting is done by pressing the change button for more than approximately 1 second The dis play is updated every 30 seconds At about the first 1 3 miles 500 m after a reset the display shows Journey time The journey time mode shows the time since the last reset The displayed time can be reset by pressing the change button for more than ap proximately 1 second Trip Computer reset Pushing the change button for more than 3 sec onds will reset all modes except Trip A and dis tance to empty dte Instruments and controls 2 7 TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo lutions per minute rom Do not rev the engine into the red zone 1 A CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage 2 8 Instruments and controls ENGINE CO
281. nts 1 13 1 14 1 20 1 22 Precautions on child restraints 00 1 20 1 31 1 43 Top tether strap anchor point locations 1 26 Child safety rear door lock Chimes audible reminders Cleaning exterior and interior OCK peta nwedamees oa ce eee ce hee Clutch Clutch fluid Clutch interlock clutch start switch C M V S S certification label Cold weather driving Compact disc CD player Compass display Console box ss eee few we Bae ew oes Controls Audio controls steering wheel Heater and air conditioner controls Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel UDICA S a amp 2 cate Ao eee we whee Changing engine coolant Checking engine coolant level Engine coolant temperature gauge Corrosion protection Cruise control s saa easca eee ee Cup holders naaa aaa Curtain side impact and rollover airbag D Daytime running light system Canada only Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch aoaaa aaa Dimensions and weights Dimmer switch for instrument panel Door locks Door open warning light Drive belt 10 2 Driving Cold weather driving 5 35 Driving with automatic transmission 5 12 Driving with manual transmission 5 16 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 E ECONOMY fuel an
282. nts to C Al low the engine to idle until the gauge needle points between the C and H normal oper ating temperature 2 Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h then quickly release the accelerator pedal completely and keep it released for at least 10 seconds 3 Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for a moment then drive the vehicle at a speed of 53 60 MPH 86 96 km h for at least 9 minutes 4 Stop the vehicle 5 Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH 55 km h and maintain the speed for 20 seconds 6 Repeat steps 4 through 5 at least 10 times 7 Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h and maintain the speed for at least 3 min utes 9 36 Technical and consumer information 8 Stop the vehicle Place the transmission se lector lever in the P Park or N Neutral position 9 Turn the engine off 10 Repeat steps 1 8 at least one more time If steps 1 through 7 are interrupted repeat the preceding step Any safe driving mode is accept able between steps Do not stop the engine until step 7 is completed EVENT DATA RECORDERS Your vehicle is equipped with a variety of computers that monitor and control a num ber of systems to optimize performance and help service technicians with diagno sis and repair Some of the computers monitor emission control systems braking systems engine systems transmission systems tire pressure systems and airbag systems Some data about vehicle opera tion m
283. o confirm the vehicle is within the GVWR Front GAWR Rear GAWR Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR and Towing capacity All vehicle and trailer weights can be measured using platform type scales commonly found at truck stops highway weigh stations building supply centers or salvage yards To determine the available payload capacity for tongue load use the following procedure 1 Locate the GVWR on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label 2 Weigh your vehicle on the scale with all of the passengers and cargo that are normally in the vehicle when towing a trailer 3 Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GVWR The remaining amount is the avail able maximum tongue load Technical and consumer information 9 25 To determine the available towing capacity use the following procedure 1 Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the Towing Load Specification chart found later in this section 2 Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GCWR The remaining amount is the avail able maximum towing capacity To determine the Gross Trailer Weight weigh your trailer on a scale with all equipment and cargo that are normally in the trailer when it is towed Make sure the Gross Trailer Weight is not more than the Gross Trailer Weight Rating shown on the trailer and is not more than the calculated available maximum towing capacity Also weigh the front and rear axles on the scale to make sure the Front Gross Axle We
284. o the child in a sudden stop or collision AWARNING When installing a child restraint system in the passenger s side jump seat posi tion be sure to unfold the seat exten sion on the jump seat If the jump seat extension is not properly used the child restraint will not be installed correctly and the child could be injured in a col lision or sudden stop Never install a child restraint on the driver s side jump seat A child restraint can not be properly installed in the driv er s side jump seat and the child could be injured in a collision or sudden stop 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Front facing When you install a child restraint on the passen ger s side jump seat follow these steps 1 To access the jump seat extension on the passenger s side jump seat pull up on the extension to unfold it to the open posi tion Then unfold the two support legs 3 and lower the jump seat to the full open seating position LRS0540 Front facing passenger s side seating po sition only step 2 2 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seat back If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct child restraint fit See Head restraint adjust ment in this section If the head restraint is removed st
285. of the Active Head Restraint Active Head Restraints are designed to supplement other safety systems Al ways wear seat belts No system can prevent all injuries in any accident Do not attach anything to the head re straint stalks Doing so could impair Active Head Restraint function The Active Head Restraint moves forward utiliz ing the force that the seatback receives from the occupant in a rear end collision The movement of the head restraint helps support the occu pant s head by reducing its backward movement and helping absorb some of the forces that may lead to whiplash type injuries Active Head Restraints are effective for collisions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash injury occurs most Active Head Restraints operate only in certain rear end collisions After the collision the head restraints return to their original positions Properly adjust the Active Head Restraints as described earlier in this section ARMREST To use the center armrest on the 2nd row bench seat pull on the tab in the center of the seat and fold it down to the resting position FLEXIBLE SEATING AWARNING Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seats when they are in the fold down position In a collision people riding in these areas without proper restraints are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is no
286. of time you should turn the head light switch to the OFF position when the engine is not running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM Canada only The headlights automatically illuminate at a re duced intensity when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position or in the D gt d position Turn the headlight switch to the position for full illumination when driving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illumi nate The daytime running lights illuminate when the parking brake is released The daytime run ning lights will remain on until the ignition switch is turned off Instruments and controls 2 29 AWARNING When the daytime running light system is active tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others 2 30 Instruments and controls INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL The instrument brightness control operates when control switch is in or AUTO position with auto the headlight the Dd 2D lights activated Turn the control to adjust the brightness of instrument panel lights when driving at night TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Q Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When
287. ol Do not drive beyond the performance capability of the tires even with 4WD engaged For 4WD equipped vehicles do not at tempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any drive or reverse position with the engine running Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected ve hicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Do not attempt to test a 4WD equipped vehicle on a 2 wheel dynamometer such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with 4WD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unex pected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or per sonal injury Accelerating quickly sharp steering maneuvers or sudden braking may cause loss of control If at all possible avoid sharp turning maneuvers particularly at high speeds Your NISSAN four wheel drive vehicle has a higher center of gravity than a two wheel drive vehicle The vehicle is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional two wheel drive vehicles Failure to operate this vehicle correctly could result in loss of control and or a rollover accident Starting and driving 5 7 IGNITION SWITCH Always use tires of
288. ollision or a sudden stop greatly increases Adjustable seatbacks should be posi tioned to fit the booster seat but as upright as possible Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system After placing the child in the booster seat and fastening the seat belt make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the abdomen Do not put the shoulder belt behind the child or under the child s arm If you must install a booster seat in the front seat see Booster seat installation later in this section When your booster seat is not in use keep it secured with a seat belt to pre vent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident A CAUTION Remember that a booster seat left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the booster seat Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or veh
289. on is required activate the E Lock system by pushing the switch ON See Electronic Locking Rear Differential E Lock system switch in the Instruments and Controls section Once the system fully engages the indi cator light in the instrument panel will remain ON When the system is activated both rear wheels will engage providing added traction The rear wheels may momentarily slip or move to engage the system and the system will only engage up to approximately 4 MPH 7 km h Once the vehicle is free the system should be turned OFF and driving resumed The Anti Lock Brake ABS system is disabled and the ABS light illuminates when the E Lock system is ON Also the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system is disabled and the VDC light illuminates when the E Lock system is ON Starting and driving 5 27 AWARNING Never leave the E Lock system ON when driving on paved or hard surfaced roads Turning the vehicle may result in the rear wheels slipping and result in an accident and personal injury After us ing the E Lock system to free the ve hicle turn the system OFF Use the E Lock system only when free ing a stuck vehicle Try the 4LO position before using the E Lock system Never use the E Lock system on a slippery road surface such as snow or ice sur face Using the E Lock system when driving in these road conditions may cause unexpected movement of the ve hicle during engine braking accelerat ing or
290. onding passenger window To open the window push the switch and hold it down 1 To close the window push the switch up Locking passengers windows When the window lock button is depressed only the driver s side window can be opened or closed Push it again to cancel the window lock function 2 48 Instruments and controls LICO410 Automatic operation To fully open a window equipped with automatic operation press the window switch down to the second detent and release it it need not be held The window automatically opens all the way To stop the window lift the switch up while the window is opening When power window switch does not operate If the power window automatic function closing only does not operate properly perform the fol lowing procedure to initialize the power window system 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Open the window more than halfway by operating the power window switch 3 Pull up and hold the window switch and hold it to close the window and then hold the switch for more than 3 seconds after the window is closed completely 4 Release the power window switch Operate the window by automatic function to confirm the initialization is complete 5 Perform steps 2 through 4 above for other windows If the power window automatic function does not operate properly after performing the above pro cedure see a NISSAN dealer for assistance MANUAL WINDOWS
291. ons and weights 9 8 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 33 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 32 Vehicle identification aoaaa aaa aaa 9 9 Vehicle identification number VIN Chassis number aoaaa aaa 9 9 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 9 Vehicle loading information 9 12 Vehicle recovery a aaaaaa aaau 6 15 7 2 Vehicle security system 2 23 Vehicle security system NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 25 3 2 5 10 Ventilators s se aca a oot oom ym eee oo 4 2 VISOS ce Scene eae ee aes ee oe 3 12 VOMMOGIC aora s a os Ge we a a d 2 10 Ww Warning AWD warning light so o0 awd aw a a wk 2 17 Air bag warning light 1 64 2 19 Anti lock brake warning light 2 15 Battery charge warning light 2 16 Brake warning light 2 16 Door open warning light 2 16 Engine oil pressure warning light 2 16 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 31 Low fuel warning light 2 17 Low tire pressure warning light 2 17 Low washer fluid warning light 2 18 Passenger air bag and status light 1 58 Seat belt warning light 2 18 Vehicle security system 2 23 Warning labels for SRS 1 64 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 14 Warming HOMIS o aw ss Go oe ew ws a 2 14 Washer switch Windshield
292. ont of the vehicle Ct my Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action t t Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING AWARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth de fects or other reproductive harm In addi tion certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium batter ies may contain perchlorate material The following advisory is provided Perchlor ate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate 2007 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA INC All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan North America Inc NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer a
293. operly fastening a seat belt shown in the Three point seat belt with retractor earlier in this section SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS sec tion contains important information concerning the driver and passenger supplemental front air bags NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System supplemental side air bags curtain side impact and rollover air bags and pre tensioner seat belts Supplemental front impact air bag system The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Supplemental side impact air bag system if so equipped This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact colli sions The front seat side impact supplemental side air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Supplemental curtain side impact and roll over air bag system if so equipped This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact or rollover collisions In a side impact the curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 49 vehicle is impacted In a rollover both curtain air bags are designed to infl
294. ore it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the child restraint is removed If the seating position does not have an adjustable head re straint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a dif ferent child restraint Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 LRS0541 LRS0542 LRS0574 Front Facing step 3 Front Facing step 4 Front Facing step 5 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child 4 Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the restraint and insert it into the buckle until you fully extended At this time the seat belt shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt hear and feel the latch engage retractor is in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode It reverts back to emergency locking mode when the seat belt is fully retracted Be sure to follow the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for belt routing 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0681 Front facing step 6 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt WRS0698 Front Facing step 7 If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap ro
295. ors Pull the outside mirror toward the door to fold it TRUCK BOX TAILGATE Opening the tailgate Pull the tailgate handle upward and lower the tailgate The support cables hold the tailgate open When closing the tailgate make sure the latches are securely locked Do not drive the vehicle with the tailgate down unless equipped with NISSAN s Bed Extender accessory or equivalent in the extended position For proper truck box loading see Vehicle loading information in the Technical and consumer in formation section of this manual AWARNING It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside a vehicle In a colli sion people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 Removing the tailgate 1 Release the tailgate support cables A CAUTION The tailgate is heavy Two people should remove or install it Be careful not to drop it during removal e After releasing the support cables do not let the tailgate rest on the bumper 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments 2 Hold the tailgate at a 45 degree angle 3 Pull the tailgate out from the right side hinge 4 Slide the tailgate out of the left side hinge I
296. ort time The supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact and rollover air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START positions After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational 1 61 AWARNING Do not place any objects near the seat back of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the supplemental side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain side impact and rollover air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain air bag or damage to the side air bag and curtain air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the supplemental curtain air bag system Tampering with the supplemental side air bag system may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing mate rial near the seat
297. osition at low ambient temperatures the 2WD mode may be being engaged due to malfunc tioning drive system If the indicator does not return to normal and the 4WD warning light comes on have the system checked by the nearest NISSAN dealer 4WD warning light Comes on or blinks Warning light ae There is a malfunc tion in the 4 wheel drive system x Z 4wD Comes on fl OX i a Ps The difference in 4WD Blinks slowly wheel rotation is ete large The 4WD warning light is located in the meter The 4WD warning light comes on when the key switch is turned to ON It turns off soon after the engine is started If any malfunction occurs in the 4WD system when the key switch is ON the warning light will either remain illuminated or blink If the 4WD warning light comes on the 4WD shift indicator light goes out A large difference between the diameters of front and rear wheels will make the warning light blink slowly about once per two seconds Change the 4WD shift switch into 2WD and do not drive fast A CAUTION If the warning light comes on or blinks slowly during operation have your ve hicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Shifting between 4H and 4LO is not recommended when the 4WD warning light turns on When the warning light comes on the 2WD mode may be engaged even if the 4WD shift switch is in 4H Be especially careful when driving If corresponding pa
298. p on the seatback and push it up to an upright position Then pull up on the recline lever and lean the seatback to a proper seating position Release the lever to lock the seatback in position Q Slide the seat to the rear most position Lift up on the recline lever located on the out side edge of the seat and fold the seatback forward as far as it will go Then lift up on the latch located on the upper corner of the seatback to release the back of the seat 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING If you fold the front passenger s seat back flat forward to carry longer ob jects be sure this cargo is properly se cured and not near an air bag In a crash an inflating air bag might force that object toward a person This could cause severe injury or even death Se cure objects away from the area in which an air bag would inflate See Precautions on supplemental restraint system later in this section Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the front passenger s seat when it is in the fold down position Use Folding the rear bench seat 2 Fold the bottom of the seat cushion toward of these areas by passengers could re the back of the vehicle until it locks in place sult in serious injury in an accident or To fold the rear bench seat up sudden stop 1 Lift up on the lever located on the side of the seat while lifting the front of the seat cushion up
299. per washer switch P 2 26 Storage P 2 37 Audio system controls if so equipped P 4 10 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 49 Upper and lower glove box P 2 41 Power outlet P 2 36 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system switch if so equipped P 2 35 Heated seat switches if so equipped P 2 33 Hill descent control switch if so equipped P 2 34 14 15 16 17 19 20 2 22 23 Vehicle dynamic control VDC OFF switch if so equipped P 2 33 Shift selector lever P 5 12 4WD shift switch if so equipped P 5 21 Climate controls P 4 2 Passenger air bag status light P 1 58 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 31 Ignition switch P 5 8 Tilt steering wheel control if so equipped P 3 11 Cargo lamp switch P 2 32 Clutch interlock clutch start switch if so equipped P 2 36 Outside mirror controls if so equipped P 3 14 Illustrated table of contents 0 7 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS fe C O M S UA T A y R N a 0 8 Illustrated table of contents Pan CS QR25DE engine 9 10 11 Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 15 Fuse fusible link box P 8 24 Air cleaner P 8 19 Engine oil filler cap P 8 9 Engine oil dipstick P 8 9 Brake fluid reservoir Clutch fluid reservoir M T model P 8 14 Drive belt location P 8 18 Radiator cap P 8
300. r engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Using engine oil and filters that are not of the specified quality or exceeding recommended oil and filter change intervals could reduce engine life Damage to the engine caused by improper maintenance or use of incor rect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited war ranty Technical and consumer information 9 5 Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes repeated short distance driving at cold out side temperatures driving in dusty conditions extensive idling towing a trailer stop and go commuting Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for the maintenance schedule AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND OIL RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioner system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refriger ant HFC 134a R 134a and the oil NISSAN A C system oil Type S or the exact equiva lents 9 6 Technical and consumer information A CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or oil will cause severe damage to the air condition ing system and will require the replace ment of all air conditioner s
301. r if so equipped defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual HEATER OPERATION Heating This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot outlets Some air also flows from the defrost outlets 1 Push the CS button to the OFF position for normal heating The indicator light on the button will go off 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the 4 position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired position 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position Ventilation This mode directs outside air to the side and center ventilators 1 Push the S button to the OFF position The indicator light on the button will go off a 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired position 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position 4 4 Heater air conditioner and audio systems Defrosting or defogging This mode directs the air to the defrost outlets to defrost defog the windows 1 Turn the air flow control dial to the Cy position 2 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 3 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position To quickly remove ice or fog from the win dows turn the fan control dial to 4 and the temperature control lever to the full HOT position Whe
302. r insurance agent and your repair shop to only use Genuine NISSAN Collision Parts NISSAN does not warrant non NISSAN parts nor does NISSAN s warranty apply to damage caused by a non genuine part Using Genuine NISSAN Parts can help protect your personal safety preserve your warranty pro tection and maintain the resale value of your vehicle And if your vehicle was leased using Genuine NISSAN Parts may prevent or limit un necessary excess wear and tear expenses at the end of your lease NISSAN designs its hoods with crumple zones to minimize the risk that the hood will penetrate the windshield of your vehicle in an accident Non genuine imitation parts may not provide such built in safeguards Also non genuine parts of ten show premature wear rust and corrosion 9 38 Technical and consumer information Why should you take a chance In over 40 states the law says you must be advised if non genuine parts are used to repair your vehicle And some states have enacted laws that restrict insurance companies from authoriz ing the use of non genuine collision parts during the new vehicle warranty These laws help pro tect you so you can take action to protect your self It s your right If you should need further information visit us at www nissanuSa com for U S customers or www nissan ca for Canadian customers 10 Index 4WD warninglight 2 17 A Active brake limited slip ABLS system if
303. r conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations lt 24e0d ad vauesae vaewe Gacesde 9 6 SPCCHICAUONS 25 d050 e4 dceankacesaeageacawsee eeeae 9 7 ENGINE ss 222cgecetece sadeeuenens eee eeeeate sa se 9 7 Wheels and tires 2 15 2cseae scene cua annen 9 8 Dimensions and weights 2 2 5 5 9 8 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUNNY dnoucssvecouexueeed wads eend den 9 9 Vehicle identification 0 e cece eee 9 9 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 9 Vehicle identification number chassis number cccsucvadeowune saciwatdenedcas 9 9 Engine serial number 2 0 2005 9 10 F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 10 Emission control information label 9 11 Tire and loading information label 9 11 Air conditioner specification label 9 11 Installing front license plate 9 12 Vehicle loading information 00 0eee eee 9 12 TOMS 264 sence decetchccanbedcedeageancndae o8e 9 12 Vehicle load capacity n sic dae ee sew ce ee cen 9 13 Securing the l0adenccasecaepaeondeateonteewed ed 9 15 Utili track channel system if so equipped 9 16 LOSAN OS wha oes ee rers Ea Seca EEE ERENG 9 21 Truck camper loading information 9 29 Crew Cab Models 2000 cece eee eee 9 22 King Cab models e cctiwecvedne evn tae sewn anne 9 22 Special Body ve
304. r light is blinking the vehicle may move unexpectedly A CAUTION Never shift the 4WD shift switch be tween 4LO and 4H while driving The 4H position provides greater trac tion Avoid excessive speed as it will cause increased fuel consumption and higher oil temperatures and could damage drivetrain components Speeds over 62 5 MPH 100 km h in 4H is not recommended The 4LO position provides maximum power and traction Avoid raising ve hicle speed excessively as the maxi mum speed is approximately 31 MPH 50 km h When driving straight shift the 4WD shift switch to the 2WD or 4H position Do not move the 4WD shift switch when making a turn or reversing Do not shift the 4WD shift switch be tween 2WD and 4H while driving on steep downhill grades Use the engine brake and low automatic transmission gears D1 or D2 or manual transmis sion 1st gear or 2nd gear for engine braking Do not operate the 4WD shift switch between 2WD and 4H with the rear wheels spinning Do not drive on dry hard surface roads in the 4H or 4LO position Driving on dry hard surfaces in 4H or 4LO may cause unnecessary noise and tire wear NISSAN recommends driving in the 2WD position under these conditions e The 4WD transfer case may not be shifted between 4H and 4LO at low am bient temperatures and the transfer 4LO position indicator light may blink even when the 4WD shift switch is shifted After driving for a whil
305. r supplemental air bag 1 49 Hood release 3 9 Meters and gauges 2 5 Clutch fluid 8 14 Brake fluid 8 14 Engine oil 8 9
306. r vehicle emis sion control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district there fore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province or district and registered its modifications transpor tation and registration are the responsibil ity of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION et LT10085 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number VIN plate is attached as shown This number is the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER chassis number The vehicle identification number is located as shown Technical and consumer information 9 9 Ie TaN 7 a jaaa Wes A T LTI0130 LTI0127 QR25DE engine VQ40DE engine ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown 9 10 Technical and consumer information F M V S S C M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard F M V S S C M V S S certification la bel is affixed as shown This label contains valu able vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identification Number VIN etc Review it carefully i i Fi i Fil j gt o
307. ractor the retractor is in the automatic locking mode Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 8 WRS0475 Front facing step 11 If the child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat turn the ignition switch to the ON position The passenger air bag sta tus light should illuminate If this light is not illuminated see Front passenger air bag and status light in this section Move the child restraint to another seating position Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the automatic locking mode child restraint mode is canceled Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0256 Rear facing step 1 Rear facing Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear bench seat Crew cab models only 1 35 CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS PASSENGER S SIDE JUMP SEAT King cab models only AWARNING The three point seat belt in your vehicle is equipped with an automatic locking mode retractor which must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the retractor s locking mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The re straint could tip over or otherwise be unsecured and cause injury t
308. raking alone in 4H or 4L cannot control vehicle speed hill descent control applies the vehicle brakes to control vehicle speed allowing the driver to con 5 34 Starting and driving centrate on steering while reducing the burden of brake and accelerator operation When additional braking is required on steep downhill roads activate the hill de scent control system by pushing the switch ON see Hill descent control switch in the Instruments and controls section Once the system is activated the indicator light will remain on in the instrument panel see Hill descent control system on indicator light in the Instruments and controls sec tion If the accelerator or brake pedal is depressed while the hill descent control system is on the system will stop operating temporarily As soon as the accelerator or brake pedal is released the hill descent control system begins to function again if the hill descent control operating condi tions are fulfilled For the best results when descending steep downhill grades the hill descent control switch should be ON and the selector lever in 2 Second gear or 1 Low gear for engine braking HILL START ASSIST HSA SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING Never rely solely on the hill start assist system to prevent the vehicle from mov ing backward on a hill Always drive carefully and attentively Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep
309. re Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the ve hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing and where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used Temperature High temperatures accelerate the rate of corro sion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use acceler ates the corrosion process Road salt also accel erates the disintegration of paint surfaces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible A CAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other de bris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom Appearance and care 7 5 Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as t
310. re straints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least one year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a front facing child restraint AWARNING Never install a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger s seat An inflat ing supplemental air bag could seri ously injure or kill your child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat Infants and children need special pro tection The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian provinces or terri tories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children See Child Re straints later in this section Also there are other types of child restraints available for larger children for additional protec tion NISSAN recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat if available Crew Cab models According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys tem Air bag syste
311. re our primary concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions please contact the NISSAN Con sumer Affairs Department using our toll free number For U S customers 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 For Canadian customers 1 800 387 0122 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information Your name address and telephone number Vehicle identification number attached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver s side Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your NISSAN dealer s name Your comments or questions OR You can write to NISSAN with the information at For U S customers Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canadian customers Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Heater air conditioner and audio systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Techn
312. re available through NISSAN dealers to assist in cold temperature starting The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 20 F 7 C or lower To use the engine block heater 1 2 Turn the engine off Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 volt AC VAC outlet The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 4 hours depending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate timer to turn the engine block heater on Before starting the engine unplug and prop erly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts Starting and driving 5 37 MEMO 5 38 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency First aid kit if so equipped n on nnan cece eee eee eee 6 2 PIAL Ueciasare neu aecsn tee keoee sone N E EE 6 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 6 2 Changing a flat tire ocx ieiugeocsteiwcwwexerseeee 6 3 Jump Saring erreten esasen eienn Epa e O ee 6 8 UE a E E E E E EEE T 6 10 If your vehicle overheatS 0 0 cee eee eee 6 11 TOWING your vehicle cccceceeeeeevasrencedevewad 6 12 Towing recommended by NISSAN 6 12 Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 15 FIRST AID KIT if so equipped LCE0108
313. re is detected it will turn OFF but normal brake function will continue ABLS will function even when the VDC system if so equipped is turned OFF AWARNING The ABLS system provides increased trac tion but will not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation or by careless driving or dangerous driving practices Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM if so equipped When accelerating or driving on slippery sur faces the tires may spin or slide With the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system sensors detect these movements and control the braking and engine output to help improve vehicle stability When the vehicle dynamic control VDC system is operating the SLIP indicator in the instrument panel blinks e lf the 4WD transfer case is shifted into 4LO the indicator light will come on and the VDC system will be turned off See Transfer case shifting procedures earlier in this section If the SLIP indicator blinks the road condi tions are slippery Be sure to adjust your speed and driving to these conditions See Slip indicator light and Vehicle dynamic control VDC off indicator light in the In struments and controls section If the battery is removed or discharged the trac tion control system may be disabled and the SLIP and indicator lights will not turn
314. reason they should be securely stored to prevent them from LICO821 L1C0820 causing injury to passengers or damage to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident 2nd row under seat storage bin 2nd row under seat storage bin King cab model Crew cab model Instruments and controls 2 39 e Do not place sharp objects in the under seat storage bins Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury when the vehicle is moving or if the vehicle is involved in a collision To access the under seat storage bins For King cab model lift up the jump seat Refer to Jump seat in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section earlier in this manual For Crew cab model lift up the rear bench seat Refer to Folding the rear bench seat in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental re straint system section earlier in this manual 2 40 Instruments and controls To remove the under seat storage bins 1 Remove the storage net 2 Remove the tray by lifting it out of the stor age bin King cab model 3 Turn the knobs to the UNLOCK position To install the under seat storage bins 1 Position the under seat storage bin so the holes line up with the holes in the floorboard 2 Insert the knobs and turn them to the LOCK position 1 CONSOLE BOX AWARNING The center console box should not be used while driving so full attention may be
315. rely while the ignition key Is in the ON position This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other authorized repair shop Engine oil pressure warning light if so equipped The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual A CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause se rious damage to the engine almost imme diately Such damage is not covered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so AWD AWD warning light ESZ model The 4WD warning light comes on when the key switch is turned to ON It turns off soon after the engine is started If the engine or vehicle is not functioning properly the warning light will either remain illuminated or blink See 4WD warning light in the Starting and driving section A CAUTION If the warning light comes on or blinks during operation have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Do not drive on dry hard surface roads in the 4H or 4LO position If the 4WD warning light turns on when you are driving on dry hard surface roads inthe 4H position shift the 4WD shif
316. right in the seat The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the NISSAN Ad vanced Air Bag System if you are unre strained leaning forward sitting side ways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death ina crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the supplemental front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practi cal from the steering wheel or instru ment panel Always use the seat belts The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The advanced air bag system monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt us age then inflates the air bags Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor pressure sensor that turns the front passenger air bag OFF under some conditions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an acci dent See Front Passenger air bag and status light later in this section Keep hands on the outside of the steer ing wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the supplemental front air bag inflates Sit upright
317. rive switch once The O D OFF indicator light in the instrument panel comes on at this time When cruising at a low speed or climbing a gentle slope you may feel uncomfortable shift shocks as the transmission shifts into and out of Overdrive repeatedly In this case depress the Overdrive switch to turn the Overdrive off The O D OFF indicator light in the instrument panel comes on at this time When driving conditions change depress the Overdrive switch to turn the Overdrive on Remember not to drive at high speeds for ex tended periods of time with the Overdrive off This reduces fuel economy Starting and driving 5 15 MANUAL TRANSMISSION if so equipped AWARNING Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control Do not over rev the engine when shift ing to a lower gear This may cause a loss of control or engine damage A CAUTION Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This may cause clutch damage Fully depress the clutch pedal before shifting to help prevent transmission damage e Stop your vehicle completely before shifting into R Reverse When the vehicle is stopped with the engine running for example at a stop light shift to N Neutral and release the clutch pedal with the foot brake applied 5 16 Starting and driving WSD0154 5 speed Shifting To change gears or when upshifting or down shifting depress the clutch p
318. rked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver side center pillar 5 Securely store the flat tire and jacking equip ment in the vehicle AWARNING e Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly se cured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop The spare tire is designed for emer gency use See specific instructions un der the heading Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be fol lowed AWARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a cor rosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything imme diately flush the contacted area with water e Keep battery out of the reach of children The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated batter
319. roof AWARNING In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open sunroof Al ways use seat belts and child restraints Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the sun roof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the sunroof is closing A CAUTION e Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the sunroof before opening Do not place heavy objects on the sun roof or surrounding area Sunshade Open and close the sunshade by sliding it for ward or backward If the sunroof does not close Have your NISSAN dealer check and repair the sunroof INTERIOR LIGHTS LICO789 Type A The interior lights have a three position switch and operate regardless of ignition switch position When the switch is in the ON position Q the interior lights illuminate regardless of door posi tion The lights will go off after about 30 minutes unless the ignition key is in the ACC or ON position When the switch is in the O position the interior lights will stay on for about 30 seconds when The doors are unlocked by the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch while all doors are closed and the ignition switch is in the OFF position LICO792 Type B The driver s door is opened and then closed while the key is removed from the ignition switch The key is removed from the ignition switch while all doors are closed The li
320. rop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illumi nate If the warning light illuminates in low ambient temperature check the tire pres sure for all four tires You can also check the pressure of all tires except the spare tire on the display screen The order of the tire pressure figures dis played on the screen does not correspond with the actual order of the tire position See Tire pressure information in the Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems section 5 4 Starting and driving For additional information see Low tire pressure warning light in the Instruments and controls section Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the In case of emergency section AWARNING If the low tire pressure warning light i
321. rse posi tion When parking on an uphill grade place the shift lever in 1st gear Automatic transmission models Move the shift selector lever to the P Park position To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into traffic when parked on an incline It is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the cen ter of the road if it moves Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position and remove the key Starting and driving 5 29 POWER STEERING The power assisted steering uses a hydraulic pump driven by the engine to assist steering If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks you will still have control of the vehicle However much greater steering effort is needed especially in sharp turns and at low speeds AWARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate 5 30 Starting and driving BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will stil
322. rts are malfunctioning the 4WD mode will not be engaged even if the 4WD shift switch is shifted Do not drive the vehicle in the 4H or 4LO position on dry hard surface roads Driv ing on dry hard surfaces in 4H or 4LO may cause unnecessary noise tire wear and increased fuel consumption If the 4WD warning light turns on when you are driving on dry hard surface roads inthe 4H position shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position for automatic transmission vehicles stop the ve hicle and shift the transmission se lector to the N position with the brake pedal depressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position for manual trans mission vehicles stop the vehicle and shift the transmission shift lever to the N position with the clutch pedal depressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD If the warning light is still on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible ELECTRONIC LOCKING REAR DIFFERENTIAL E Lock SYSTEM if so equipped The E Lock system can provide additional trac tion and should only be used when a vehicle has become or is becoming stuck This system oper ates by electronically locking the two rear drive wheels together allowing them to turn at the same speed The system is used when it is not possible to free a stuck vehicle even when using the 4LO position 4 wheel drive vehicles When added tracti
323. ry to reduce forces against the chest If any abnormality occurs in the pre tensioner system the supplemental air bag warning light 2 will not come on will flash intermit tently or will turn on for 7 seconds and remain on after the ignition key has been turned to the ON or START position In this case the pre tensioner seat belt may not function properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pre tensioner seat belt system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual 1 SRS Air bag warning labels The warning labels are located on the sur face of the sun visor 2 SRS Side air bag warning label if so equipped The warning label is located on the side of the passenger s side center pillar Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 63 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front air bags and supplemental side impact and rollover air bag systems are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration 0 a LRSO100 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light displaying in the instrument panel moni tors the circuits of the supplemental front air bag supplemental side impact air bag and curtain side impact and rollover air bag and pre tensioner seat belt systems
324. s 0 0000 0 1 2 Heated seats noaa aaa aa 2 33 Manual front seat adjustment 1 2 Security indicator light 2 21 Security system NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 25 3 2 5 10 Self adjusting brakes aoaaa aaa 8 23 Service manual order form 9 37 Servicing air conditioner 4 9 Shift lock release nonoa aa 5 14 Shifting Automatic transmission 5 12 Manual transmission 5 16 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 19 Side air bag system See supplemental side air bag curtain and rollover air bag systems ee Ke kk oe ew oe 1 61 Spark plug replacement 8 19 Speedometer 0 0000 eae 2 5 SRS warning label 1 64 Starting Before starting the engine 5 10 JUMP StQHING e e s ose wee eee ee 6 8 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Push starting sa 64 owed oe ae amp ol 6 10 Starting the engine 5 11 Steering Power steering fluid 8 13 Power steering system 5 30 Tilting steering wheel 3 11 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 26 Stop ight ee 6 ed oe oe eo Sey oS aw 8 29 DIOINGS 2 6 s wie dow Sb eee ee ek we Sed 2 37 Storage tray so ae Ss Sw ek we 2 37 2 39 DUNVISOIS a4 wg 6 oa ee ee ee 3 12 Sunglasses case 00 00 eee 2 41 UIIOCE yt u sa 6 hoe Sh oe ee ee E 2 49 Supplemental air bag warn
325. s on the seat that are not specifi cally designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occupant classifica tion sensor pressure sensor No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the supplemental front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury 1 60 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Work on and around the supplemental front air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electri cal equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The Supplemental Re straint System SRS wiring should not be modified or disconnected Unautho rized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system e A cracked windshield should be re placed immediately by a qualified re pair facility A cracked windshield could affect the function of the supplemental air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and Orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the supplemental front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropri ate sections in this Owner s Manual Supplemental side impact air bag and curtain sid
326. s light operation see Front passenger air bag and status light in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual 2 20 Instruments and controls High beam indicator light Ee blue This blue light comes on when the headlight high beams are on and goes out when the low beams are selected The high beam indicator light also comes on when the passing signal is activated When the ignition switch is turned ON this light comes on briefly and then turns off Hill descent control system on indicator light if so equipped The light comes on when the hill descent control system is activated If the hill descent control switch is on and the indicator light blinks the system is not engaged If the indicator light does not come on or blink when the hill descent switch is on the system may not be functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Hill descent con trol switch later in this section and Hill descent control system in the Starting and driving sec tion of this manual SERVICE ENGINE Malfunction indicator light SOON MIL If this indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control malfunction The malfunction indicator light may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of
327. s not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty The specified automatic transmission fluid is also described on caution labels located in the engine compartment POWER STEERING FLUID ie f AT WDI0282 Type A The fluid level should be checked using the HOT MAX range on the power steering fluid reservoir at fluid temperatures of 122 176 F 50 80 C or using the COLD MAX range on the power steering fluid reservoir at fluid tempera tures of 32 86 F 0 30 C If the fluid is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN PSF Remove the cap and fill through the opening A CAUTION e DO NOT OVERFILL LDI0468 Type B e Recommended fluid is NISSAN PSF or equivalent Genuine Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID For further brake and clutch fluid specification information refer to Capacities and recom mended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING Use only new fluid from a sealed con tainer Old inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake and clutch systems The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and affect the vehicle s stopping ability Be sure to clean the filler cap before removing A CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur faces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled immediately wash the surface with water 8 14 Maintenance and do it yo
328. s sensor unit seat belt buckle sensors occupant classification sensor pressure sensor and passenger seat belt tension sensor Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger it additionally monitors the weight of an occupant or object on the seat and seat belt tension Based on informa tion from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions depending on the weight de tected on the passenger seat and how the seat belt is used If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passenger air bag status light will be illumi nated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illuminated but the air bag will be off See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section for further details One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system please contact NISSAN or your NISSAN dealer If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact NISSAN Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a supplemental front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by the release of smoke This smok
329. sed in the rear seat NISSAN recommends that the child re straint be installed in the rear seat Ac cording to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you must install a front facing child re straint in the front seat see Child re straint installation using the seat belts later in this section Improper use or improper installation of a child restraint can increase the risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occupants of the vehicle and can lead to serious injury or death in an accident Follow all of the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for installation and use When purchasing a child re straint be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle It may not be possible to properly install some types of child restraints in your vehicle If the child restraint is not anchored properly the risk of a child being in jured in a collision or a sudden stop greatly increases Child restraint anchor points are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses Adjustable seatbacks should be posi tioned to fit the child restraint but as upright as possible After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the seat near the LA
330. si lence the horn if the alarm is triggered Using the interior lights Pushthe button onthe keyfob once to turn on the interior lights For additional information refer to Interior lights in the Instruments and controls section earlier in this manual HOOD 4 Pull the hood lock release handle located below the driver s side instrument panel The hood will spring up slightly 2 Push the lever at the front of the hood to the side as illustrated with your fingertips and raise the hood 3 Insert the support rod into the slot on the underside of the hood When closing the hood lower it slowly and make sure it locks into place AWARNING e Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Fail ure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 FUEL FILLER DOOR FUEL FILLER CAP The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type Turn the cap counterclockwise to remove To tighten turn the cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks are heard 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments Loop the tether strap around the hook 4 while refueling AWARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain condi tions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Always
331. sion If it is nec essary to tow the vehicle with the front wheels raised always use towing dollies under the rear wheels 6 14 Incase of emergency position Turn the ignition key to the OFF po sition and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device Never secure the steering wheel by turning the ig nition key to the LOCK position This may damage the steering lock mechanism VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck vehicle A WARNING e Stand clear of a stuck vehicle e Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged A CAUTION Tow chains or cables must be attached only to the main structural members of the vehicle or the towing hooks if so equipped Otherwise the vehicle body will be damaged Use the towing hook if so equipped only to free a vehicle stuck in sand snow mud etc Never tow the vehicle for a long distance using only the tow ing hook The towing hook is under tremendous force when used to free a stuck vehicle Never pull the hook at an angle Always pull the cable straight out from the front or rear of the vehicle Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any part of the sus pension steering brake or cooling systems Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas straps are not recommended for use
332. sion parts Technical and consumer information 9 33 UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified gov ernment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea sured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and con crete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance 9 34 Technical and consumer information AWARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering
333. so equipped aa oaa 5 32 Active Head Restraint 1 6 Air bag See supplemental restraint SYVSIEM a 5 5 oi ew RSS Sw ae a eS 1 49 Air bag system Front See supplemental front impact air bag system e s sacr a ome kw wea 1 56 Air bag warning labels 1 64 Air bag warning light 1 64 2 19 Air cleaner housing filter aaao aaa 8 19 Air conditioner Air conditioner operation 4 5 Air conditioner service 4 9 Air conditioner specification label g 11 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations 9 6 Heater and air conditioner controls 4 2 Servicing air conditioner 4 9 Air TOW charns 4 6 a ed we ok ewe oe oe a 4 6 Alarm system See vehicle security system 2 23 Anchor point locations 1 26 ANICNNE ac a3 44 40 2m dR eR ERED SRA 4 26 Anti lock brake warning light 2 15 Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 31 Audible reminders 2 23 Audio system lt lt tute wy Ree aw we 4 10 Compact Disc CD changer 4 23 Compact disc CD player 4 18 FM AM radio with compact disc CD DIQVEl 4 8 2 0 oa amp oa we OS Galen oo A 4 16 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player e a tee addy eo a ee a Ge 4 20 PRI aae 1 Gee aie ee Sg E 4 10 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 26 Autolight switch 224 4i 46488 20603 2 28 Automatic Automatic power
334. so opens have the electrical A CAUTION system checked and repaired by a NISSAN s Never use a fuse of a higher or lower dealer amperage rating than specified on the Fusible links fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If the electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace with only genuine NISSAN parts 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 2 Pull the fuse box cover to remove 3 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 WDI0452 LDI0456 Type A Type B 4 If the fuse is open A replace it with an equivalent good fuse 5 Push the fuse box cover to install 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself KEYFOB BATTERY REPLACEMENT If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform step 5 e An improperly disposed battery can hurt the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal e The keyfob is water resistant how ever if it does get wet immediately wipe completely dry e The operational range of the keyfob extends to approximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle This range may vary with conditions F
335. ssengers to do SO Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in colli sions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is Starting and driving 5 5 significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING AWARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream re duces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury NISSAN is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related accidents Al though the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix And that is true for drugs too over the counter pre scription and illegal drugs Don t drive if your 5 6 Starting and driving ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alco hol drugs or some other physical condition DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Your NISSAN is designed for both normal and off road use However avoi
336. stall a slide in camper and is based on the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration regulations It is recommended that before in stalling the camper you carefully read the follow ing information and ensure that the camper Recommended cargo meets the specifications center of gravity location Camper center of al Recommended cargo eran center of gravity location This information may not apply to some Canada model vehicles LOCATION FOR CENTER OF When the truck is used to carry a slide in camper SPECIAL BODY VEHICLES GRAVITY the total cargo load of the truck consists of the Some vehicles are equipped with commercial or he dieron Guaienics Th jed camper manufacturer s weight figure plus bodes H this O s M e illustration indicates the recommende 7 camper podies However We Owners Manual cargo center of graviy locaton the weight of installed additonal campe equipment not included in the camper mation please refer to the body manufacturer s King Cab manac wernt faire instruction manual L1 1054 mm 41 5 in the weight of camper cargo AWARNING and the weight of occupants in the camper Improper loading may be dangerous If a The total cargo load should not exceed the load is too far back it can affect handling truck s pay load weight rating and the camper s characteristics If a load is too far forward center of gravity should fall within the truck s the front axle may be overloaded reco
337. steep hills If this happens drive without the cruise control Starting and driving 5 19 To cancel the preset speed use one of the following three methods Push the CANCEL button the SET indicator light in the instrument panel goes out Tap the brake pedal the SET indicator light goes out Turn the main switch off Both the CRUISE indicator light and SET indicator light in the instrument panel go out The cruise control is automatically canceled and the SET light in the instrument panel goes out if you depress the brake or clutch pedal while pushing the ACCEL RES or COAST SET switch The preset speed is deleted from memory the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed you depress the clutch pedal manual trans mission or move the shift selector lever to N Neutral automatic transmission To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch 5 20 Starting and driving Push and hold the ACCEL RES switch When the vehicle attains the speed you de sire release the switch Push and release the ACCEL RES switch Each time you do this the set speed in creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the d
338. steering wheel 3 11 Tire FALIO eege s oem aa oe kee i 6 2 Spare tire ew ee ee ee es 6 4 Tire CHAINS 5 2 2 a s lt 2 Hae BS aw ew amp 8 39 Tire placard 0044 9 11 Tire pressure 2 2 2 ee eee 8 32 Tire rotation lt 2 2 a 0 co eee Sad o 8 39 Tires of 4 wheel drive 8 41 Types OF UES s o sossa eed ew 8 8 38 Uniform tire quality grading 9 34 Wheels andtires 8 32 Wheel tire size 0000 8 9 8 Tire pressure Low tire pressure warning light 2 17 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 Top tether strap child restraint 1 24 Towing 2 wheel drive models 6 13 4 wheel drive models 6 14 10 6 Flat towing 2 4 ue amp Gree a aoe wd 9 33 Tow truck TOWING amp 6 6 0 ewe sa 6 12 Towing load specification 9 27 Trailer tOWING s s a soa aaa aaa a 9 23 Transceiver HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 92 Transmission Driving with automatic transmission 5 12 Driving with manual transmission 5 16 Selector lever lock release 5 14 Travel See registering your vehicle in another country ss seo e eac oeae aa 9 9 TP COMPUTE a s s adai mi a 2 7 Trip odometer aaua ae 2 5 Truck camper loading aoaaa aaa 9 22 Tum Signal switch s s ea sasa he oe Ses 2 30 U Uniform tire quality grading aaa aa 9 34 V Vany OT a ee a ew a es Be a 3 12 Vehicle dimensi
339. t charge completely Use electrical accessories with the en gine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Your vehicle is equipped with a variable voltage control system This system measures the amount of electrical discharge from the battery and controls voltage generated by the generator If you add electrical accessories to your vehicle ground it to the body ground located near the battery along the negative battery cable Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 DRIVE BELTS LDI0449 VQ40DE Power steering fluid pump Cooling fan Air conditioner compressor Crankshaft Generator AWARNING Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belt The engine could rotate unexpectedly oe a T 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself Visually inspect the belt s for signs of un usual wear cuts fraying or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or is loose have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer Have the belts checked regularly for condi tion and tension in accordance with the maintenance schedule found in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide oRKRWOND QR25DE Power steering fluid pump Water pump Air conditioner compressor Crankshaft Generator LDIO461 SPARK PLUGS REPLACING SPARK PLUGS Platinum tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace platinum tipped A spark plugs as frequently as conventional type spark plugs be
340. t switch to 2WD in the 4LO position for automatic transmission models stop the ve hicle and shift the transmission se lector lever to the N position with the brake pedal depressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position for manual trans mission models stop the vehicle and shift the transmission shift lever to the N position with the clutch pedal depressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD If the warning light is still on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible cy Low fuel warning light This light comes on when the fuel level in the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is conve nient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E Empty There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches E Empty Low tire pressure warning light Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is turned ON this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pres sure the warning light will illuminate When the low tire pressure warning light illumi nates you should stop and adjust the t
341. t can discolor the wheels A CAUTION Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels e Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels e Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as am bient temperature Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSINGS NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rub ber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a compound This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions e Use a water based tire dressing The coat ing on the tire dissolves more easily with an oil based tire dressing Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is com pletely removed from the tire tread grooves Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by tire dressing manufacturer Appearance and care 7 3 CL
342. t equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly Do not fold down the rear seats when occupants are in the rear seat area or any luggage is on the rear seats Head restraints should be adjusted properly as they may provide significant protection against injury in an accident Always replace and adjust them prop erly if they have been removed for any reason If the head restraints are removed for any reason they should be securely stored to prevent them from causing injury to passengers or damage to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi tion If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Folding the front passenger s seatback Once the seatback is released it will enable if SO equipped you to fold the front passenger seatback flat over the seat cushion To fold the front passenger s seatback flat for extra storage length when transporting long 3 To return the front passenger s seat to a items seating position lift u
343. t is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the automatic locking mode child restraint mode is canceled LRS0548 Rear Facing step 6 PRECAUTIONS ON BOOSTER 7 Before placing the child in the child restraint SEATS hold the child restraint near the seat belt path and use force to push the child restraint AWARNING from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should e Infants and small children should al ways be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the vehicle Failure to use a child restraint or booster seat can result in serious injury or death not move more than 1 inch 25 mm If it does move more than 1 inch 25 mm pull again on the shoulder belt to further tighten the child restraint If you are unable to prop erly secure the restraint move the restraint to another rear seating position and try again or try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 43 1 44 Infants and small children should never be carried on your lap It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe accident The child could be crushed between the adult and parts of the vehicle Also do not put the same seat belt around both your child and yourself NISSAN recommends that the booster seat be installed in the rear seat Ac cording to accide
344. table of contents f 4 a AWD shift indicator light EEJ model Front passenger air 2 20 bag status light Indicator Name light High beam indicator light Blue Hill Descent Control HDC indicator light if so equipped ONT Malfunction indica 2 20 SOON tor lamp MIL Overdrive off indica tor light automatic transmission only Security indicator light if so equipped Slip indicator light for models with ABLS if so equipped Slip indicator light for models with VDC if so equipped Transfer 4LO posi tion indicator light CSJ model Vehicle dynamic control off indicator light if so equipped Illustrated table of contents 0 11 MEMO 0 12 Illustrated table of contents 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system DE es boi ees acne E E S 1 2 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for Front manual seat adjustment CHildren SVSleM ce nitueade eee a tee hee tana 1 22 PSO CQUIDICE acanceeeantededenneacuaeeunsee 1 2 Top tether strap child restraint 1 24 Front power seat adjustment Child restraint installation using LATCH 1 27 if so equipped ca aae beeseeacarne nessun davraees 1 4 Child restraint installation using the seat Jump seat King cab cece eee eee eee 1 5 belts front passenger and rear bench seat Head restraint adjustment 000 eee eee 1 6 crew cab models only Se eg eee 1 31 Active Head Res
345. tate of the art electronic circuits to enhance ra dio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the qual ity of that reception However there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These char acteristics are completely normal in a given re ception area and do not indicate any malfunction in your NISSAN radio system Reception conditions will constantly change be cause of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other ve hicles can work against ideal reception De scribed below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception FM RADIO RECEPTION Range FM range is normally limited to 25 30 miles 40 48 km with monaural single chan nel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM External influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 miles 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same characteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Static and flutter During signal interference from bui
346. ted to N or P or ona flat and level road COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply de icer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the remote keyless entry keyfob if so equipped ANTI FREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the tem perature will drop below 32 F 0 C check the anti freeze to assure proper winter protection For details see Engine cooling system in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maxi mum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For details see Battery in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain the cooling system including the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For details see Changing engine coolant in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your ve hicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN
347. th ers to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops the flame if the engine backfires If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury IN CABIN MICROFILTER The in cabin microfilter restricts the entry of air borne dust and pollen particles and reduces some objectionable outside odors The filter is located behind the glove box Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for change intervals To replace the filter perform the following proce dure 1 Open the glove box and press in on the sides so that it will open completely allowing it to hang by the cord 2 Remove the filter cover bolt and remove the filter cover NOTE The filters are marked with air flow arrows The end of the filter with the arrow should face the rear of the vehicle The arrows should face downward 3 Insert the first filter into the housing and slide it over to the right Insert the second filter into the housing 4 Replace the filter cover 5 Install the glove box door 6 Fill out the date information on the small replacement label and attach it to the glove box lid Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 WINDSHIELD W
348. th operation The recommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown on the following pages Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting the vehicle 1 After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before moving the shift selector lever out of the P Park position 2 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the shift selector lever into a driving gear 3 Release the foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion The automatic transmission is designed so the foot brake pedal MUST be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is in the ON position The shift selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition key is turned to the LOCK OFF or ACC position or if the key is removed To move the selector lever Push the button while depressing the brake pedal amp gt Push the button to shift gt Shift without depressing brake pedal Shifting After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and move the shift selector lever out of the P Park position AWARNING Apply the parking brake if the selector lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage If the key is turned
349. the In case of emergency section of this manual A CAUTION Vehicle damage resulting from improper towing procedures is not covered by NISSAN warranties Total trailer load Tongue load Tongue load x 100 10 to 15 Total trailer load Tongue load When using a weight carrying or a weight distrib uting hitch keep the tongue load between 10 15 percent of the total trailer load within the maximum tongue load limits shown in the follow ing Towing Load Specification chart If the tongue load becomes excessive rearrange cargo to allow for proper tongue load CA0036 Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight GVW maximum Gross Axle Weight GAW The GVW of the towing vehicle must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label The GVW equals the combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment In addition front or rear GAW must not exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label Towing capacities are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options required to achieve the rating Additional passengers cargo and or optional equipment such as the trailer hitch will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle s maximum towing capacity and trailer tongue load The vehicle and trailer need to be weighed t
350. the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure A CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start turn the key off and wait 10 seconds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged 4 Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec onds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather Starting and driving 5 11 DRIVING THE VEHICLE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AWARNING e Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neu tral to R Reverse D Drive 3 2 or 1 Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while the vehicle is moving This could cause an accident A CAUTION When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by de pressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control 5 12 Starting and driving The automatic transmission in your vehicle is electronically controlled to produce maximum power and smoo
351. the music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the Music cuts off or skips ee a specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data files Moves immediately to the When a non MP3 WMA file has been given an extension of MP3 WMA mp3 or wma or when play is prohibited by copyright protection there next song when playing will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song Songs do not play back in The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order the desired order Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 15 PRESET A B C button 7 AUDIO button Display screen 8 Station select 1 6 buttons CD button 9 SEEK TRACK FF REV button amp CD eject button 10 PWR VOL control knob CD insert slot 11 BAND button MENU button 16 Heater air conditioner and audio systems FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER if so equipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions earlier in this section PWR VOL control knob Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position then press the PWR VOL contro
352. the same type size A WARNING brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Install tire chains on the rear wheels when driving on slippery roads and drive carefully Never remove or turn the key to the LOCK position while driving The steering wheel will lock This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Be sure to check the brakes immedi ately after driving in mud or water See Brake system later in this section for Wet brakes Avoid parking your vehicle on steep hills If you get out of the vehicle and it rolls forward backward or sideways you could be injured Whenever you drive off road through AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION sand mud or water as deep as the wheel hub more frequent maintenance may be required See Periodic mainte nance in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide The ignition lock is designed so the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position and removed until the shift selector lever is moved to the P Park position When removing the key from the ignition make sure the shift selector lever is in the P Park position If the selector lever is not returned to P Park position the key cannot be moved to the LOCK position 5 8 Starting and driving To remove the key from the ignition switch 1 Shift the selector lever to the P Park posi tion
353. the switch again to turn the defroster off The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 15 minutes A CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or dam age the rear window defroster HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH LICO560 Type A HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH Lighting When turning the switch to the pd posi tion the front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights come on 2 When turning the switch to the 22 posi tion the headlights come on and all the other lights remain on LICO706 Type B A CAUTION Use the headlights with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Instruments and controls 2 27 2 28 Type C Instruments and controls LICO688 Autolight system if so equipped The autolight system allows the headlights to be set so they turn on and off automatically The autolight system can Turn on the headlights front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights au tomatically when it is dark Turn off all the lights when it is light Keep all the lights on for 45 seconds after you turn the key to OFF and all doors are closed To turn on the autolight system 1 Turn the headlight switch to the AUTO posi tion 2 Turn the ignition key to ON 3 The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off Initially if the ignition switch
354. the turn is com pleted the turn signals cancel automatically Lane change signal 2 To signala lane change move the lever up or down to the point where the indicator light begins to flash but the lever does not latch FOG LIGHT SWITCH if so equipped To turn the fog lights on turn the headlight switch to the 2 position then turn the fog light switch to the 0 position To turn the fog lights on with the headlight switch in the AUTO position if so equipped the head lights must be on then turn the fog light switch to the 0 position To turn the fog lights off turn the fog light switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on and the low beams selected for the fog lights to operate The fog lights automatically turn off when the high beam headlights are selected HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH i LIC0394 Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi tions All turn signal lights flash A WARNING If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic Instruments and controls 2 31 CARGO LAMP SWITCH HORN Turn signals do not work when the haz ard warning flasher lights are on The flashers will operate with the ignition switch
355. ther un usual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by a NISSAN dealer Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst Do not race the engine while warming it up Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and in flated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a signifi cantly under inflated tire causes the tire to over heat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not
356. through the seal on the lift gate or the body follow the manufacturer s recommen dation to prevent carbon monoxide en try into the vehicle The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever a The vehicle is raised for service b You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment c You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system d You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system un derbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants AWARNING The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys tem are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire A CAUTION Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously re duce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driv ing if the engine misfires or if notice able loss of performance or o
357. tically turned OFF as required by the regulations Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as out lined in this manual should not cause the passen ger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant takes his her weight off the seat cush ion for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF In addition if the occupant improperly uses the seat belt in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode this could cause the air bag to be turned OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag NISSAN recommends that pre teens and chil dren be properly restrained in a rear seat NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the occupant classification sensor and seat belt sensors are designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints as required by the regulations Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the automatic locking mode child restraint mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passenger air bag infla
358. ting in a crash instead of being OFF See Child restraints earlier in this section for proper use and installation If the front passenger seat is not occupied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object s weight detected by the occupant classification sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag Is au tomatically turned OFF with the seat occupied The light will not illuminate when the front pas senger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passen ger air bag status light is illuminated indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly or not using the seat belt properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used If the air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be Safety Seats seat
359. tion is selected the air conditioner automatically turns on however the indicator light on the E button will not come on if the outside temperature is more than 36 F 2 C If in defrost mode for more than one minute the air conditioning system will continue to operate until the fan control dial is turned to OFF or the vehicle is shut off even if the air flow control dial is turned to a position other than the amp position This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The gt mode automatically turns off allowing out side air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defog ging performance Operating tips Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades and air inlet in front of the windshield This improves heater operation AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION if so equipped Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired 1 4 position and push in the 4 button to activate the air conditioner When the air conditioner is on cooling and dehumidifying functions are added to the heater operation The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Cooling This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air 1 Push the VS button to the off position gt a 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Push the 47 amp comes on button The indicator light 5 Turn the temp
360. tion will no longer be able to start your vehicle Do not allow the immobilizer system key which contains an electrical transponder to come into contact with salt water This could affect system function DOORS AWARNING e Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally open ing the doors and will help keep out intruders Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents WPD0O311 Driver s side LOCKING WITH KEY Manual To lock a door turn the key toward the front of the vehicle 1 To unlock turn the key toward the rear Power if so equipped The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors at the same time Turning the key toward the front 4 of the vehicle locks all doors Turning the key one time toward the rear 2 of the vehicle unlocks that door From that position returning the key to neutral 3 where the key can only be removed and inserted and turning it toward the rear again within 5 seconds unlocks all doors Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 LP
361. tlet air To lower the temperature turn the dial to the left To increase the temperature turn the dial to the right Air recirculation button ON position Push the air recirculation button ZS to recir culate air inside the vehicle The indicator light on the button will come on Push the button to the on position when driving on a dusty road to prevent traffic fumes from entering pas senger compartment formaximum cooling when using the air con ditioner Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 3 OFF position Push the air recirculation button 7 amp 2 again to turn air recirculation off The indicator light on the CS button will turn off Outside air is drawn into the passenger compartment and distributed through the selected outlet Use the off position for normal heater or air con ditioner operation Air conditioner button if so equipped The button is provided only on vehicles equipped with an air conditioner Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired 1 4 position and push the button to turn on the air conditioner The indicator light comes on when the air conditioner is oper ating To turn off the air conditioner push the E button again The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Rear window defroster switch For more information about the rear window de froster switch see Rear window and outside mirro
362. tment release the adjust ment button and try to move the shoul der belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effec tiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender is available which is compatible with the installed seat belts The ex tender adds approximately 8 inches 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See a NISSAN dealer for assistance if an extender is required AWARNING Only NISSAN seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the Original equipment seat belts should be used with NISSAN seat belts 1 19 CHILD RESTRAINTS Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sud den stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE e To clean the seat belt webbing apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning
363. tor light turns on when you shift the 4WD shift switch to 4LO The OPE OFF indicator light if so equipped will also turn on when 4LO is selected See Vehicle dynamic control system later in this section Starting and driving 5 23 The transfer case 4WD shift switch is used to select either 2WD or 4WD depending on the driving conditions There are three types of drive modes available 2WD 4H and 4LO The 4WD shift switch electronically controls the transfer case operation Rotate the switch to move between each mode 2WD 4H and 4LO To change into or out of 4LO the vehicle MUST be stationary shift the transmission selector or transmission shift lever to Neu tral N and for automatic transmission vehicles depress the brake pedal or for manual transmission vehicles depress the clutch pedal The switch must be de pressed and turned when changing into or out of 4LO AWARNING When parking apply the parking brake before stopping the engine and make sure that the 4WD shift indicator light is on and the ATP warning light goes off Otherwise the vehicle could unexpect edly move even if the automatic trans mission is in the P position 5 24 Starting and driving The 4LO indicator light must stop blink ing and remain illuminated or turn off before shifting the transmission into gear If the transmission selector or transmission shift lever is shifted from the N position to any other gear when the 4LO indicato
364. tors influence the rate of Ghrome DAS 5 scu0es ow hbeanennes eiA 7 3 CONOS Oasen nean E EAE EEEN EAA iA 7 5 Tire dressi S ressarra trte nErenn a EA 7 3 To protect your vehicle from corrosion 7 5 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your ve hicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surfaces please wash your vehicle as soon as you can after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain after driving on coastal roads when contaminants such as soot bird drop pings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water 7 2 Appearance and care A CAUTION e Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes espe cially brushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components causing them to crack This could affect their appearance and
365. traint front seats 005 1 6 Child Restraint Installation Using The Seat Belts passenger s side jump seat AOST arn A EE RA 1 7 King cab models only esceceeeeeeeee 1 36 Flexible seating 6 eee eee e teeters 1 7 Booster seatS ccc ccc ccc cece n eee eenas 1 43 Seat belts et aSa ae rene Pee yet eee 1 11 Precautions on booster seatS cccecccee 1 43 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 11 Booster seat installation on front passenger Child Sale i2 aecneredcetasteanes E 1 13 seat and rear seat Crew cab models only 1 46 Pregnant women soc 0ccee rete ceeeensecntee eens 1 15 Booster seat installation on passenger s side Injured PETSONS et4 4ucs cuctewrenns eee annaw news 1 15 jump seat only King cab models only ee Ge 1 48 Three point type seat belt with retractor 1 15 Supplemental restraint system 000 cece 1 49 Seat belt extenderS 0 ccc eee eee eee ees 1 19 Precautions on supplemental restraint Seat belt maintenance 2 0eee eee 1 20 SVSICM pc ceehoreceet Gok bGedwed eds oan ed oe ene ee 1 49 Chile FeStaINiGs pedueu acess wane pee ot reno es 1 20 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 64 Precautions on child restraints 1 20 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 64 SEATS Sit upright and well back AWARNING e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be
366. truments and controls AWARNING e Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on Driv ing could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driv ing it could be dangerous e Pressing the brake pedal with the en gine stopped and or a low brake fluid level may increase your stopping dis tance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel If the brake fluid level is below the MINIMUM or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at a NISSAN dealer Charge warning light if so equipped If this light comes on while the engine Is running it may indicate the charging system is not func tioning properly Turn the engine off and check the generator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see a NISSAN dealer immediately A CAUTION e Do not ground electrical accessories directly to the battery terminal Doing so will bypass the variable control sys tem and the vehicle battery may not charge completely Refer to Variable voltage control system in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section later in this manual Do not continue driving if the generator belt is loose broken or missing Door open warning light This light comes on when any of the doors are not closed secu
367. tton to display mode and press the TUNE button to select the following display modes Channel number gt Channel name Name lt Title Once the display mode is selected press the AUDIO button again to store the setting If the AUDIO button is not pressed after 8 seconds the display will refresh with the last selected display mode setting Channel number mode displays the channel number of the selected satellite radio sta tion Channel name mode displays the channel name of the selected satellite radio station Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 21 Name mode displays the name of the artist host or weather condition of the selected satellite radio station Title mode displays the song title show name or temperature of the selected satel lite radio station FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM SAT band select Pushing the RADIO button will change the band as follows AM FM or SAT satellite if so equipped When the RADIO button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the POWER VOLUME control knob is de pressed to ON No satellite radio reception is available when the RADIO button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and an tenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS sat ellite radio service subscription is activ
368. turning which may result in an accident and serious personal injury 5 28 Starting and driving A CAUTION e After using the E Lock system turn the switch OFF to prevent possible damage to driveline components from extended use Do not drive the vehicle at speeds faster than 12 mph 20 km h when the system is engaged Doing so could damage drivetrain components Do not turn on the E lock system while the tires are spinning Doing so could damage drivetrain components PARKING PARKING ON HILLS AWARNING e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P Park for automatic transmission models or in an appropriate gear for manual transmis sion models Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident 1 Make sure the shift lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents Firmly apply the parking brake Manual transmission models Place the shift lever in the R Reve
369. uarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem side ways or air will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage 3 Remove the gauge Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare to the specifica tion shown on the F M V S S C M V S S label or the Tire and Loading Information label if SO equipped Add air to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed Install the valve stem cap 7 Check the pressure of all other tires including the spare Size Cold Tire Infla tion Pressure Front Original Tire P235 75R15 105S P265 70R16 111S P265 75R16 114T P265 65R17 110S 240 kPa 35 PSI Size Cold Tire Infla tion Pressure Rear Original Tire P235 75R15 109S P265 70R16 111S P265 75R16 114T P265 65R17 110S Spare Tire P235 75R15 109S P265 70R16 111S P265 75R16 114T P265 65R17 110S 240 kPa 35 PSI 240 kPa 35 PSI Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 P215 65R15 95H 65 15 t t 3 5 WDI0395 Example Example TIRE LABELING 1 Tire size example P215 65R15 95H 4 R The R stands for radial Federal law requires tire manufacturers to 1 P The P indicates the tire is de 5 Two digit number
370. uc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in the Three point seat belt with retractor earlier in this section LRS0454 Front passenger position 7 Ifthe booster is installed in the front passen ger seat When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illumi nated depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat being used See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION ON PASSENGER S SIDE JUMP SEAT ONLY King cab models only AWARNING When installing a booster seat in the passenger s side jump seat position be sure to unfold the seat extension on the jump seat If the jump seat extension is not properly used the booster seat will not be installed correctly and a child could be injured in a collision or sudden stop Never install a booster seat on the driv er s side jump seat A child restraint can not be properly installed in the driver s side jump seat and a child could be injured in a collision or sudden stop A CAUTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt auto matic locking mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts When you install a booster seat on the jump seat follow these steps 1 48 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system To access the
371. uipped This indicator light will blink when the traction control system is limiting wheel spin Slippery road conditions may exist if the slip indicator blinks on If this happens adjust your driving accordingly The slip indicator light also comes on when you turn the ignition key to the ON position The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if the system is operational If the light does not come on or does not go off have the traction control system checked by a NISSAN dealer If the battery is removed or discharged the trac tion control system is disabled and the slip indi cator light will not turn off after 2 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position To reset the system you must perform the reset procedure Refer to Vehicle dynamic control VDC system in the Starting and driving sec tion of this manual Instruments and controls 2 21 If the light does not go off after performing the reset procedure have the traction control system checked by a NISSAN dealer Transfer 4LO position indicator light Z3 3 model The light should turn off within 1 second after turning the ignition switch to ON This light comes on when the 4WD shift switch is set in the 4LO position with the ignition key in the ON position The transfer case may be damaged if you shift the switch while driving Make sure the transfer 4LO position indicator light turns on when you shift the 4WD shift switch to
372. uld not be acti vated If it is activated it may cause uncom fortable seat belt tension 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Unfastening the seat belts 1 To unfasten the seat belt press the button on the buckle The seat belt automatically re tracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the retractor When the vehicle slows down rapidly To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and re strict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any questions about seat belt opera tion see a NISSAN dealer Shoulder belt height adjustment Front seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad justed to the position best for you See Precau tions on seat belt usage earlier in this section To adjust pull out the adjustment button and move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position 2 so the belt passes over the center of the shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Release the adjustment button to lock the shoul der belt anchor into position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING e After adjus
373. uld practice turning stopping and backing up in an area which is free from traffic Steering stability and braking perfor mance will be somewhat different than under normal driving conditions Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin or lock to prevent the coupler from inadvert ently becoming unlatched Avoid abrupt starts acceleration or stops Avoid sharp turns or lane changes Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed When backing up hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Move your hand in the direction in which you want the trailer to go Make small corrections and back up slowly If possible have someone guide you when you are backing up Always block the wheels on both vehicle and trailer when parking Parking on a slope is not recommended however if you must do so A CAUTION If you move the shift selector lever to the P Park position before blocking the wheels and applying the parking brake transmission damage could occur 1 2 Apply and hold the brake pedal Have someone place blocks on the downhill side of the vehicle and trailer wheels After the wheel blocks are in place slowly release the brake pedal until the blocks ab sorb the vehicle load 4 Apply the parking brake 5 Shift the transmission into P Park 6 Make sure the cep indicator light if so equipped indicates the transfer c
374. upplemental restraint system 1 21 Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and small children of various sizes When selecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system lf the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated LRSO429 LATCH system anchor locations LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSTEM Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system compatible child restraints The LATCH anchor points are provided to install child restraints in the rear outboard seating posi tions only Crew cab models only Do not at tempt to install a child restraint in the center position usin
375. urself BRAKE FLUID Check the brake fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid level is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer CLUTCH FLUID Check the clutch fluid level in the reservoir manual transmissions only If the fluid level is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added fre quently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer For further brake and clutch fluid specification information refer to Capacities and recom mended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual WINDOW WASHER FLUID WINDOW WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodically Add window washer fluid when the low window washer fluid warning light comes on To fill the window washer fluid reservoir lift the cap off the reservoir tank and pour the window washer fluid into the tank opening Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer antifreeze Follow the manufacturer s in structions for the mixture ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of win dow washer fluid
376. ute the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point See Top tether strap child restraint in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap to seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 10 Before placing the child in the child restraint hold the child restraint near the seat belt path and use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm If it does move more than 1 inch 25 mm pull again on the shoulder belt to further tighten the child restraint If you are unable to prop erly secure the restraint move the restraint to another seating position and try again or try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more belt webbing out of the retractor the retractor is in the automatic locking mode Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 9 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the automatic locking mode child restraint mode is canceled 1 39 Rear
377. value specified in the following Towing Load Specification chart 9 24 Technical and consumer information The GCWR equals the combined weight of the towing vehicle including passengers and cargo plus the total trailer load Towing loads greater than these or using improper towing equipment could adversely affect vehicle handling braking and performance The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is not only related to the maximum trailer loads but also the places you plan to tow Tow weights appro priate for level highway driving may have to be reduced for low traction situations for example on slippery boat ramps Temperature conditions can also affect towing For example towing a heavy trailer in high outside temperatures on graded roads can affect engine performance and cause overheating The engine protection mode which helps reduce the chance of engine damage could activate and automati cally decrease engine power Vehicle speed may decrease under high load Plan your trip carefully to account for trailer and vehicle load weather and road conditions AWARNING Overheating can result in reduced engine power and vehicle speed The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a col lision Be especially careful when driving Pull to the side of the road to a safe area Allow the engine to cool and return to normal operation See If your vehicle overheats in
378. w Cab models only 0ce cee eeee nnn 3 6 Remote keyless entry system if so equipped 3 6 How to use remote keyless entry system 3 7 me e a AE E A T T AEA E ET 3 9 PUGIMIGROGOP o3 4 ote chor actece coe Eana arenai 3 10 PUCIHIIGE Cap ee seeeeeses aera ueeaeeeuteseeses 3 10 Steering WHEE woos cv enscorabeaswuge seers da eeaw ns 3 11 Tilt operation if so equipped 0008 3 11 SUN ViSOlS oy cock edewaawsscampe Perak sheen eceeeses 3 12 Vanity MINOS cau eoncee meee s eee te restau cee a 3 12 ane ee cc A E E E S E E E eees 3 13 Rearview mirror if so equipped 600 3 13 Automatic anti glare rearview mirror if so equipped cece cece eee eee eens 3 13 Outside MIMOrS 520500444008 d cane heeeeeenrsanes 3 13 TUCK DOK sieneen eee e E E E E 3 15 TANG ale E E este EN T E T 3 15 Tie down hooks if so equipped 05 3 17 KEYS 3 1 Two master keys black with transpon der chip if so equipped and chrome NISSAN brand symbol on one side 2 Valet key black with transponder chip if so equipped 3 Key number plate 4 Transponder chip if so equipped A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number p
379. ways attach safety chains before towing 6 12 Incase of emergency For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV refer to Flat towing in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN Two wheel drive models NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving rear wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated A CAUTION e Never tow automatic transmission models with the rear wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is necessary to tow the vehicle with the front wheels raised always use towing dollies under the rear wheels e When towing automatic or manual transmission models with the front wheels on the ground or on towing dollies Turn the ignition key to the OFF po sition and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device Never secure the steering wheel by turning the ig nition key to the LOCK position This may damage the steering lock mechanism If you have to tow manual transmission models with the rear wheels on the ground if you do not use towing dol lies or four wheels on the ground Always release the parking brake Move the transmission shift lever to the N Neutral position Observe the followin
380. wing requires more fuel than normal circumstances Avoid towing a trailer for your vehicle s first 500 miles 805 km For the first 500 miles 805 km that you do tow do not drive over 50 MPH 80 km h Have your vehicle serviced more often than at intervals specified in the recommended Maintenance Schedule in the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide When making a turn your trailer wheels will be closer to the inside of the turn than your vehicle wheels To compensate for this make a larger than normal turning radius during the turn Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely affect vehicle trailer handling possibly caus ing vehicle sway When being passed by larger vehicles be prepared for possible changes in crosswinds that could affect ve hicle handling Do the following if the trailer begins to sway 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal to allow the vehicle to coast and steer as straight ahead as the road conditions allow This combination will help stabilize the ve hicle Do not correct trailer sway by steering or applying the brakes When the trailer sway stops gently apply the brakes and pull to the side of the road in a safe area Try to rearrange the trailer load so it is bal anced as described earlier in this section Be careful when passing other vehicles Passing while towing a trailer requires con siderably more distance than normal pass ing Remember the length o
381. witch to the minute adjustment 4 The minutes will start flashing Press the SEEK TRACK button or toad just the minutes 5 Press the MENU button again to exit the clock set mode The display will return to the regular clock display after 7 seconds or press the MENU button again to return to the regular clock display FM AM radio operation FM AM band select Pressing the BAND button will change the band as follows AM FM When the BAND button is pressed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played If a compact disc is playing when the BAND button is pressed the compact disc will auto matically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on The FM stereo indicator ST illuminates during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio automatically changes from stereo to monaural reception MENU button Press the MENU button while the radio is playing to change the tuning mode as follows SEEK tuning mode TUNE mode SCAN tuning mode TUNE and SCAN are shown in the display win dow for each mode No icon is displayed for SEEK tuning SEEK tuning While in SEEK tuning mode press the SEEK TRACK button for less than 1 5 seconds SEEK tuning begins from low to high frequencies or high to low frequencies depending on which button is pressed and stops at the next broadcasting station Press t
382. y can damage your vehicle Whenever working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protectors for example goggles or industrial safety spectacles and remove rings metal bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause se rious injury Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other objects away from it Vehicle being jump started aie N Vehicle with battery for booster WCE0066 2 Apply the parking brake Move the shift lever WARNING ppy te parng aus A to N Neutral manual transmission or to P Always follow the instructions below Park automatic transmission Switch off Failure to do so could result in damage to all unnecessary electrical systems lights the charging system and cause personal heater air conditioner etc injury 3 Remove vent caps on the battery if so 1 If the booster battery is In another vehicle equipped Cover the battery with an old position the two vehicles to bring their bat cloth to reduce explosion hazard teries near each other l l l 4 Connect jumper cables in the sequence il Do not allow the two vehicles to touch lustrated In case of emergency 6 9 A CAUTION e Always connect positive to positive and negative to body ground for example strut mounting bolt en
383. ystem components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain government regula tions require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioner sys tem service A NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioner system refriger ant Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioner system SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE QR25DE VQ40DE Type Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC Cylinder arrangement 4 cylinder in line 6 cylinder V block Slanted at 60 Bore x Stroke in mm 3 5 x 3 9 89 0 x 100 0 3 760 x 3 622 95 5 x 92 Displacement cu in cm 151 82 2 488 241 30 3 954 Firing order 1 3 4 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 Idle speed M T A T in N position See the Emission Control Information label on the underside of the hood Ignition timing degree B T D C at idle speed CO at idle Standard PLZKAR6A 11 DILFR5A11 Spark plug Hot PLZKAR5A 11 Cold PLZKAR7A 11 Spark plug gap Nominal in mm 0 043 1 1 0 043 1 1 Camshaft operation Timing chain Timing chain The spark ignition system of this vehicle meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations Technical and consumer information 9 7 WHEELS AND TIRES Wheels Tires Spare tire 9 8 Te
384. ystems When SEEK TRACK button is pressed the track being played returns to the beginning Press SEEK TRACK button several times to skip back several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD moves back 1 track SEEK TRACK FF REV button Press and hold the SEEK TRACK button or X while a compact disc is playing the compact disc plays at an increased speed while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed MENU button When the MENU button is pressed while the compact disc Is playing the play pattern changes as follows RPT MIX Normal RPT The track that is currently playing will be repeated MIX The order of the tracks on the disc will be mixed during play not following the sequence on the compact disc The same track may be re peated twice Press the button while in the MIX mode and tracks will be chosen at random When a new compact disc is inserted the play pattern automatically changes to normal CD EJECT When the button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected When the amp button is pressed while the compact disc is playing the compact disc will eject and the system will turn off CD IN indicator This amp indicator appears on the display when a CD is loaded with the audio system on oc S Oh gt A TRACK i 4 LOAD PRESET A

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

User Guide for FEBFSL206MRN_H428v1 Evaluation Board  Rockbox user manual  MXL V88 microphone      三庄インダストリー株式会社  Guide de l`utilisateur de la migration d`ELOM à ILOM  Parent/Student Users Manual - Wattsburg Area School District  CV raccourci avec biblio Dounia Bouzar  Accurun®119 anti-HBe 陽性コントロール  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file